Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

more gladly

  • 1 ἡδέως

    ἡδέως adv. of ἡδύς (Soph., Hippocr.+) pert. to being pleased in connection with someth., gladly (Aristoph., Thu. et al.) λαμβάνειν (Aristoph., Equ. 440) ITr 6:2. ἡδ. ἀκούειν like to hear (Jos., Ant. 3, 191; Just., D. 10, 4; 59, 1) Mk 6:20; 12:37; Hm 2:2. ἀνέχεσθαι gladly tolerate 2 Cor 11:19. ἡδ. ποιεῖν (Ps.-Menand., Dist. Fgm. 704 Kock; POxy 113, 30; PGrenf II, 73, 20) do gladly Hs 6, 5, 5. βαστάζειν 8, 10, 3; 9, 14, 6. ὑποδέχεσθαι 8, 10, 3; 9, 27, 2. Ἰσαὰκ ἡδ. προσήγετο θυσία. I. gladly let himself be led as a sacrifice 1 Cl 31:3. ὸ̔ν καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡδέως ἔχει (the child) of whom even Caesar is fond Ox 849, 16f. Restored text: [ἡδέως θλείβον]ται Hs 8, 10, 4f (s. Bonner 113, 18f, based on Lat. libenter patiuntur).—Comp. ἥδιον (Lysias 7, 40; IPriene 105, 19 [c. 9 B.C.]; BGU 372 I, 15; Sir 22:11; Just., D. 29, 1) more gladly ἥδ. διδόναι 1 Cl 2:1 (cp. μακάριος 2bγ). ὑπομιμνῄσκειν 62:3. Superl. as elative (B-D-F §60, 2; Rob. 278f; 670; M-M s.v.) ἥδιστα very gladly (Pla., Theaet. 183d; Lucian, Scyth. 8; POxy 1061, 21 [22 B.C.]; 933, 5; PLond III, 897, 8 p. 207 [84 A.D.]; Jos., Vi. 365) 2 Cor 12:15; Ac 13:8 D. ἥδιστα μᾶλλον καυχήσομαι I will rather boast all the more gladly 2 Cor 12:9 (s. B-D-F §246).—B. 1032. DELG s.v. ἥδομαι B (ἡδύ). M-M. Spicq.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἡδέως

  • 2 τοσοῦτος

    τοσοῦτος, αύτη, οῦτον (this form of the neut. is predom. in Attic Gr., also Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 43 §177; LXX, GrBar; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 226; 2, 176; Hb 7:22 v.l.; 12:1; Rv 21:16 v.l.; 1 Cl 1:1; MPol 2:2; Hm 5, 1, 5; Just., Ath.) and οῦτο (Clearchus, Fgm. 48 W.: Diod S 1, 58, 4; PCairZen 367, 38; PMich I [Zen] 28, 17 [III B.C.]; Num 15:5; 1 Macc 3:17; Hb 7:22; 1 Cl 45:7; Just., A I, 56, 2) correlative adj. (Hom.+) ‘so great, so large, so far, so much, so strong’ etc.
    pert. to an indefinite high number of entities or events, so many, pl.
    w. a noun (Just., D. 75, 4 ἐν τοσαύταις μορφαῖς) so many ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι Mt 15:33 (w. ὥστε foll.). ἔτη Lk 15:29. σημεῖα J 12:37. Cp. 21:11; 1 Cor 14:10 (s. τυγχάνω 2b); Hs 6, 4, 4.
    without a noun τοσοῦτοι so many people J 6:9; AcPl Ha 7, 21 (unless this goes under 2).
    pert. to high degree of quantity, so much, so great
    w. a noun τοσοῦτος ὄχλος Mt 15:33b. ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος Rv 18:17 (Erasmian rdg, and only here w. the art.; s. B-D-F §274; Rob. 771). τοσοῦτον μέλι so great a quantity of honey Hm 5, 1, 5. τοσαύτη ἔκρυσις Papias (3:2). Of space μῆκος Rv 21:16 v.l. Of time χρόνος (PLond I, 42, 23 p. 30 [168 B.C.]; POxy 1481, 2; ParJer 5:18; Jos., Bell. 1, 665; 2, 413; Dio Chrys. 74, 18b; Ath. 17, 3) so long J 14:9; Hb 4:7. τος. διαφορά so great a difference MPol 16:1. Referring back to ὅσα: τοσοῦτον βασανισμόν Rv 18:7. For Hb 12:1 s. 3 below.
    without a noun, pl. τοσαῦτα of quantity so much (Socrat., Ep. 14, 6 [p. 256, 11 Malherbe]; Just., D. 77, 1 τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα) Hv 2, 1, 3. ἡμαρτηκὼς τοσαῦτα since I have sinned so many times Hm 9:1. Some likewise understand quantitatively τοσαῦτο ἐπάθετε; have you experienced so much? Gal 3:4 but on this and Hm 9:1 s. 3b.
    pert. to high degree of quality or lack of it, so great/ strong, to such extent, etc.
    w. a noun and in a positive sense πίστις faith as strong as this Mt 8:10; Lk 7:9. ἔλεος 2 Cl 3:1. ζωή 14:5. χρηστότης 15:5. σπουδή MPol 7:2. τάχος 13:1. W. ὥστε foll. (Ps.-Callisth. 3, 26, 7 p. 127, 6; Just., D. 30, 3) τος. ἀπόνοια 1 Cl 46:7. W. ὡς foll. as strong as MPol 15:2; so strong that ApcPt 5:16 (Just., D. 132, 1). This is prob. the place for τοσοῦτον νέφος μαρτύρων so great a cloud of witnesses (the ‘great’ number being qualified, of course, by literary constraints) Hb 12:1.
    without a noun and in a negative sense, εἰς τοσοῦτο(ν) foll. by gen. and ὥστε to such a degree of (Andoc. 2, 7: εἰς τοσοῦτον ἦλθον τῆς δυσδαιμονίας …, ὥστε; Pla., Apol. 13, 25e; Clearchus, Fgm. 48; Jos., Bell. 4, 317 εἰς τος. ἀσεβείας, ὥστε, C. Ap. 1, 226) 1 Cl 1:1; 45:7; MPol 2:2. τοσοῦτον to the degree that, to such an extent that (GrBar 1:3; 8:3; Just., D. 90, 4) τὰ βλέφαρα … τοσοῦτον ἐξοιδῆσαι ὡς the eyelids (of Judas) became so swollen, that Papias (3:2) (w. ὡς as Just., D. 121, 3). Perh. Hm 9:1 belongs here: such serious sins (s. 2b above). In satire τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε; have you had such remarkable experiences? Gal 3:4 (πάσχω 1; others put the pass. under 2b above).
    pert. to a limited extent, so much and no more τοσούτου (gen. of price) for so and so much Ac 5:8ab.
    pert. to a correlative degree, so much, as much τοσούτῳ w. the comp., corresp. to ὅσῳ (by) so much (greater, more, etc.) … than or as (X., Mem. 1, 3, 13; Ael. Aristid. 23, 55 K.=42 p. 786 D.; Just., D. 110, 4) Hb 1:4; 10:25 (τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ὅσῳ as Ael. Aristid. 33 p. 616 D.; 46 p. 345; cp. X., Mem. 1, 4, 10); the more … the more 1 Cl 41:4; 48:6. τοσοῦτον … ὅσον as much … as Papias (2:4) οὐ … τοσοῦτόν με ὠφελεῖν ὅσον not the same (evidential) value as (Just., D. 1, 3; Ath. 15, 2). καθʼ ὅσον … κατὰ τοσοῦτο Hb 7:20–22. τοσούτῳ ἥδιον … ἐπειδή all the more gladly … since 1 Cl 62:3. τοσοῦτον.—DELG s.v. τόσος. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > τοσοῦτος

  • 3 μάλα

    μάλα, comp. μᾶλλον, sup. μάλιστα: (1) positive, μάλα, very, quite, right, modifying adjectives and other adverbs, and sometimes placed after its word, ἦρι μάλ, Il. 9.360; occasionally with substantives, μάλα χρεώ, Ι 1, Od. 18.370; also with verbs ( μάλα πολεμίζειν, ‘with might and main’), and esp. to strengthen an assertion as a whole, certainly, verily, Il. 3.204. μάλα admits of much variety in translating in connection with its several usages.— (2) comp., μᾶλλον, more, all the more, Od. 5.284; ‘more willingly,’ ‘more gladly,’ Il. 5.231, Od. 1.351.— (3) sup., μάλιστα, most, especially, far, by far, with adjectives forming a superlative, Il. 6.433; and even with superlatives themselves, Il. 2.57 f., Il. 24.334.

    A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > μάλα

  • 4 gustosamente

    adv.
    tastefully, gladly, acceptably.
    * * *
    1 with pleasure, gladly, willingly
    * * *
    ADV gladly, willingly

    accedí gustosamente a su peticiónI gladly o willingly agreed to their request

    se sometió gustosamente a las preguntas de los periodistasshe gladly o willingly answered the journalists' questions

    * * *
    adverbio gladly

    acepto gustosamente su invitación — (frml) I am delighted to accept your kind invitation (frml)

    * * *
    = happily, willingly, gladly.
    Ex. In spite of their protestations to the contrary, most bosses prefer subordinates whom they get along with, who oblige happily when asked to undertake tasks.
    Ex. Fee-for-service programmes can target non-traditional market segments such as pharmaceutical companies, lawyers, and manufacturing firms who regularly need and willingly pay a premium price for perishable medical information.
    Ex. Have reading foisted on you as a duty, a task to be put up with, from which you expect no delight, and it can appear a drab business gladly to be given up.
    * * *
    adverbio gladly

    acepto gustosamente su invitación — (frml) I am delighted to accept your kind invitation (frml)

    * * *
    = happily, willingly, gladly.

    Ex: In spite of their protestations to the contrary, most bosses prefer subordinates whom they get along with, who oblige happily when asked to undertake tasks.

    Ex: Fee-for-service programmes can target non-traditional market segments such as pharmaceutical companies, lawyers, and manufacturing firms who regularly need and willingly pay a premium price for perishable medical information.
    Ex: Have reading foisted on you as a duty, a task to be put up with, from which you expect no delight, and it can appear a drab business gladly to be given up.

    * * *
    gladly
    aceptó gustosamente ir a la fiesta he gladly accepted o he was happy to accept the invitation to the party
    acepto gustosamente su invitación ( frml); I am delighted o it gives me great pleasure to accept your kind invitation ( frml)
    * * *

    gustosamente adverbio with pleasure
    * * *
    [con placer] gladly;
    lo haré gustosamente I will do it gladly;
    gustosamente te acompañaría, pero no voy a poder I'd be more than happy to go with you, but I won't be able to;
    accedió gustosamente a enseñarles la casa he willingly agreed to show them around the house
    * * *
    : gladly

    Spanish-English dictionary > gustosamente

  • 5 gana

    f.
    1 desire, wish.
    me dan o entran ganas de llorar I feel like crying
    tener ganas de (hacer) algo to feel like (doing) something
    ¡qué ganas tengo de empezar las vacaciones! I can't wait for the holidays to start!
    no tengo ganas de que me pongan una multa I don't fancy getting a fine
    quedarse con (las) ganas de hacer algo not to manage to do something
    de buena gana willingly
    de mala gana unwillingly
    hace/come todo lo que le viene en gana she does/eats whatever she pleases
    ¿por qué habrá dicho eso? — son ganas de fastidiar why would he say a thing like that? — he's just being nasty
    2 appetite (apetito).
    comer sin ganas to eat without appetite, to pick at one's food
    3 Gana.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: ganar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: ganar.
    * * *
    1 (deseo) wish (de, for), desire
    2 (apetito) appetite; (hambre) hunger
    \
    dar a alguien la gana de hacer algo familiar to feel like doing something
    de buena gana willingly
    de mala gana reluctantly
    entrarle a uno ganas de (hacer) algo to really feel like (doing) something
    hacer algo con ganas familiar to really enjoy doing something
    quedarse con las ganas de hacer algo familiar not to get to do something, not get a chance to do something
    tener gana (hambre) to be hungry
    tener ganas de (hacer) algo to feel like (doing) something
    tenerle ganas a alguien familiar to have it in for somebody
    * * *
    noun f.
    desire, wish
    * * *
    SF
    1)

    hacer algo con ganas — to do sth willingly o enthusiastically

    comer/reírse con ganas — to eat/laugh heartily

    dar ganas, esto da ganas de comerlo — it makes you want to eat it

    le entran ganas de hacer algo — he gets the urge to do sth

    quedarse con las ganas — to be left disappointed, be left wanting

    quitársele a algn las ganas de algo, se me han quitado las ganas de ir — I don't feel like going now o any more

    hacer algo sin ganas — to do sth reluctantly o unwillingly

    tener ganas de hacer algo — to feel like doing sth

    tengo ganas de vomitar — I feel sick, I'm going to be sick

    hola, ¿cómo estás? tenía ganas de verte — hi, how are you? I was hoping I'd see you

    tengo unas ganas locas de verte — I can't wait to see you, I'm dying to see you

    tengo pocas ganas de ir — I don't feel like going much, I don't really want to go

    malditas las ganas que tengo de ir* there's no way I want to go

    2)

    de buena gana te ayudaría, pero no puedo — I'd gladly help you, but I can't

    me visto como me da la gana — I dress the way I want to, I dress as I please

    ¡no me da la gana! — I don't want to!

    me da la gana de+ infin I feel like + ger, I want to + infin

    pagar hasta las ganas* to pay over the odds

    ser ganas de —

    son ganas de molestar o fastidiar — they're just trying to be awkward

    venirle en gana a algn —

    no me viene en gana — I don't feel like it, I can't be bothered

    * * *
    a) ( deseo)

    haz lo que te dé la gana or lo que te venga en gana — do what you like

    quería ir pero me quedé con las ganas — (fam) I wanted to go, but it wasn't to be

    si te crees que va a decir que sí te vas a quedar con las ganas — (fam) if you think he's going to say yes, you've got another think coming (colloq)

    con ganas: llover con ganas to pour down; es feo/tonto con ganas he is so ugly/stupid!; de buena/mala gana willingly/reluctantly; tenerle ganas a alguien — (fam) (de pegarle, reñirlo) to be out to get somebody (colloq); ( sexualmente) (Col, CS) to have the hots for somebody (colloq)

    b)

    ganas de + inf: jóvenes con ganas de pasarlo bien young people out for a good time; qué ganas de complicarte la vida! you really like making life difficult for yourself!; (no) tengo ganas de ir I (don't) feel like going; tengo ganas de volver a verte I'm looking forward to seeing you again; tengo unas ganas de decirle lo que pienso! I'd really like to tell him what I think!; (te) dan ganas de mandarlo todo al diablo it makes you want to say to hell with it all; le dieron or entraron ganas de reírse she felt like bursting out laughing; se me quitaron las ganas de ir I don't feel like going any more; tengo ganas de ir al servicio I need to go to the bathroom, I want to go to the toilet (BrE); me entraron ganas de vomitar — I felt sick

    c)

    gana(s) de que + subj: tengo ganas de que llegue el verano — I'm looking forward to the summer

    * * *
    a) ( deseo)

    haz lo que te dé la gana or lo que te venga en gana — do what you like

    quería ir pero me quedé con las ganas — (fam) I wanted to go, but it wasn't to be

    si te crees que va a decir que sí te vas a quedar con las ganas — (fam) if you think he's going to say yes, you've got another think coming (colloq)

    con ganas: llover con ganas to pour down; es feo/tonto con ganas he is so ugly/stupid!; de buena/mala gana willingly/reluctantly; tenerle ganas a alguien — (fam) (de pegarle, reñirlo) to be out to get somebody (colloq); ( sexualmente) (Col, CS) to have the hots for somebody (colloq)

    b)

    ganas de + inf: jóvenes con ganas de pasarlo bien young people out for a good time; qué ganas de complicarte la vida! you really like making life difficult for yourself!; (no) tengo ganas de ir I (don't) feel like going; tengo ganas de volver a verte I'm looking forward to seeing you again; tengo unas ganas de decirle lo que pienso! I'd really like to tell him what I think!; (te) dan ganas de mandarlo todo al diablo it makes you want to say to hell with it all; le dieron or entraron ganas de reírse she felt like bursting out laughing; se me quitaron las ganas de ir I don't feel like going any more; tengo ganas de ir al servicio I need to go to the bathroom, I want to go to the toilet (BrE); me entraron ganas de vomitar — I felt sick

    c)

    gana(s) de que + subj: tengo ganas de que llegue el verano — I'm looking forward to the summer

    * * *
    A
    1
    (deseo): ¡con qué ganas me comería un helado! I'd love an ice cream!, I could murder an ice cream! ( colloq)
    ¡me iría a la cama con unas ganas! what I wouldn't give to be able to go to bed now! ( colloq)
    lo hizo sin ganas he did it very half-heartedly, he did it without much enthusiasm
    no fui porque no tenía ganas I didn't go because I didn't feel like it
    haz lo que te digono me da la gana do as I tell you — I don't want to! o why should I?
    no lo hizo porque no se le pegó la gana ( Méx); he didn't do it because he didn't feel like it o he couldn't be bothered
    siempre hace su regalada gana he always does what the hell he likes ( colloq)
    por mí puedes hacer lo que te dé la gana or lo que te venga en gana you can do what you like for all I care
    no lo hace porque no le da la real or realísima gana he doesn't do it because he just can't be bothered
    siempre termina haciendo lo que le viene en gana she always ends up doing just what she likes o exactly as she pleases
    queríamos ir pero al final nos quedamos con las ganas ( fam); we wanted to go, but it wasn't to be
    me quedé con las ganas de decirle lo que pensaba I never got to tell him what I really thought
    si te crees que te va a decir que sí te vas a quedar con las ganas ( fam); if you think he's going to say yes, you've got another think coming o you're in for a disappointment ( colloq)
    con ganas: llover con ganas to pour down
    es feo/tonto con ganas he is so ugly/stupid!, is he ever ugly/stupid! ( AmE colloq)
    de buena/mala gana: me ayudó de muy buena gana she helped me very willingly, she was very glad o happy to help me
    de buena gana me iría a acostar I would quite gladly o quite happily just go to bed
    está trabajando de muy mala gana she's being very unenthusiastic o half-hearted about her work
    me lo prestó de mala gana he lent it to me reluctantly o unwillingly
    le cobraron hasta las ganas por arreglarlo they charged him a fortune o the earth for repairing it ( colloq)
    las ganas ( fam): ánimo que ya estás terminando — sí, … las ganas come on, you've nearly finished — finished? if only! o you must be joking! ( colloq)
    tenerle ganas a algn ( fam) (de pegarle, reñirlo) to be out to get sb ( colloq) (sexualmente) ( AmS) to have the hots for sb ( colloq)
    2 gana(s) DE + INF:
    jóvenes con muchas ganas de pasárselo bien young people out for a good time
    ¡qué ganas de complicarte la vida! you really like making life difficult for yourself!
    me muero de ganas de verlo I can't wait o ( colloq) I'm dying to see him
    tengo muchas ganas de volver a verte I'm really looking forward to seeing you again
    tiene unas ganas locas de conocerte ( fam); she's dying to meet you ( colloq)
    ¡tengo unas ganas de decirle lo que pienso! I'd really like to tell him what I think!
    tengo muy pocas ganas de ir I don't feel like going in the least o one little bit
    tantas ganas que tenías de tener la muñeca y ahora … you just had to have o you were so keen to have that doll and now …
    ¡malditas las ganas que tengo de trabajar! I don't feel at all like o a bit like working!, the last thing I feel like doing is working
    no es cierto, son ganas de hablar que tiene la gente it's not true, people just want something to talk about
    no tengo nada de ganas or no tengo ningunas ganas de estudiar I don't feel at all like o I don't feel a bit like studying
    parece que hoy anda con ganas de molestar it seems he's out to be difficult today ( colloq)
    con este calor no dan ganas de trabajar you just don't feel like working in this heat
    te dan ganas de mandarlo todo al diablo it makes you want to say to hell with it all
    me dieron or entraron ganas de estrangularlo I could have strangled him o I felt like strangling him
    le dieron or entraron ganas de reírse she felt like bursting out laughing
    no le van a quedar ganas de volverlo a hacer he isn't going to want to do that again in a hurry
    se me han quitado las ganas I don't feel like it any more
    3 gana(s) DE QUE + SUBJ:
    tengo ganas de que llegue el verano I can't wait for the summer, I'm looking forward to the summer
    no tengo ganas de que me detengan I don't feel like getting (myself) arrested
    (necesidad): tengo ganas de ir al servicio I need to go to the bathroom ( AmE), I want to go to the lavatory ( BrE)
    me entraron ganas de vomitar I felt sick o ( AmE) nauseous
    * * *

     

    Del verbo ganar: ( conjugate ganar)

    gana es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Del verbo gañir: ( conjugate gañir)

    gaña es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    gana    
    ganar    
    gañir
    gana sustantivo femenino ( deseo):
    ¡con qué ganas me comería un helado! I'd love an ice cream!;

    lo hizo sin ganas he did it very half-heartedly;
    siempre hace lo que le da la gana she always does just as she pleases;
    quería ir pero me quedé con las ganas (fam) I wanted to go, but it wasn't to be;
    tener ganas de hacer algo to feel like doing sth;
    (no) tengo ganas de ir I (don't) feel like going;
    tengo ganas de volver a verte I'm looking forward to seeing you again;
    le dieron ganas de reírse she felt like bursting out laughing;
    se me quitaron las ganas de ir I don't feel like going any more;
    tengo ganas de que llegue el verano I'm looking forward to the summer;
    con ganas: llover con ganas to pour down;
    es feo/tonto con ganas he is so ugly/stupid!;
    de buena/mala gana willingly/reluctantly
    ganar ( conjugate ganar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) sueldo to earn;


    b) tiempo to gain;

    ¿qué ganas con eso? what do you gain by (doing) that?


    2partido/guerra/premio to win;

    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( vencer) to win;


    ganale a algn to beat sb;
    nos ganaon por cuatro puntos they beat us by four points
    b) ( aventajar):


    me gana en todo he beats me on every count;
    salir ganando: salió ganando con el trato he did well out of the deal;
    al final salí ganando in the end I came out of it better off
    ganarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( enf) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn;
    ganase la vida to earn a/one's living

    2 ( enf) ‹premio/apuesta to win
    3afecto/confianza to win;
    se ganó el respeto de todos she won o earned everyone's respect

    4 descanso to earn oneself;

    gana sustantivo femenino
    1 (deseo) wish [de, for]: tengo muchas ganas de verle, I really want to see him
    2 (voluntad) will: no tengo ganas de discutir contigo, I don't want to argue with you
    de buena gana, willingly
    de mala gana, reluctantly
    familiar no le da la gana, she doesn't feel like it
    3 (hambre, apetencia) appetite: se me quitaron las ganas de comer, I lost my appetite
    ganar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (un salario) to earn
    2 (un premio) to win
    3 (superar) to beat: le gana en estatura, she is taller than him
    4 (al contrincante) to beat
    5 (una cima, una orilla) to reach
    ganar la cumbre, to reach the peak
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (vencer) to win
    2 (mejorar) improve: ganó en simpatía, she became more and more charming
    ganas mucho cuando sonríes, you look nicer when you smile
    ' gana' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bien
    - cacarear
    - decente
    - ganar
    - ganarse
    - mantenerse
    -
    - miserable
    - sustentar
    - tahúr
    - talante
    - apostar
    - haragán
    - justo
    - miseria
    - real
    - tanto
    English:
    begrudge
    - bring in
    - decent
    - earn
    - get
    - grudge
    - grudgingly
    - herself
    - himself
    - less
    - livelihood
    - outsmart
    - pay up
    - petulantly
    - please
    - readily
    - reluctantly
    - unwillingly
    - unwillingness
    - willingly
    - double
    - lazybones
    - whoever
    * * *
    gana nf
    1. [afán, deseo] desire, wish (de to);
    de buena/mala gana: lo hizo de buena/mala gana she did it willingly/unwillingly;
    de buena gana lo dejaría todo y me iría lejos I'd quite happily drop everything and go off somewhere far away;
    no es nada trabajador, todo lo hace de mala gana he's not very hard-working, he always drags his feet when he has to do something;
    comía con mucha gana he ate with great relish o gusto;
    hace el trabajo con ganas she goes about her work with relish o enthusiastically;
    ¡con qué ganas la mandaría a paseo! I'd just love to tell her to get lost!;
    me dan ganas de llorar I feel like crying;
    me entraron ganas de marcharme I felt like walking out;
    le entraron ganas de llorar he felt like crying;
    hacer algo sin ganas to do sth without any great enthusiasm;
    morirse de ganas de hacer algo to be dying to do sth;
    me quedé con las ganas de contestarle I would have loved to answer her back;
    se me han quitado las ganas de volver al cine it's made me feel like never going to the cinema again;
    tener o [m5] sentir ganas de (hacer) algo to feel like (doing) sth;
    ya tengo ganas de que vuelvas I'm really looking forward to you coming back;
    tengo ganas de comerme un pastel I feel like (eating) a cake;
    no tengo ganas de que me pongan una multa I don't Br fancy o US relish getting a fine;
    tengo ganas de ir al baño I need to go to the toilet;
    ¡qué ganas tengo de empezar las vacaciones! I can't wait for the holidays to start!;
    ¡qué ganas tienes de buscarte problemas! you just can't resist looking for trouble!;
    ¿por qué habrá dicho eso? – son ganas de fastidiar why would he say a thing like that? – he's just being nasty;
    Fam
    con ganas: tu amigo es tonto con ganas Br your friend isn't half stupid, US your friend sure is stupid;
    es un libro malo con ganas it's a terrible book;
    Fam
    dar la gana: no me da la gana I don't feel like it;
    Fam
    no le dio la real gana de ayudar she couldn't be bothered to help;
    porque me da la (real) gana because I (jolly well) feel like it;
    Fam
    tenerle ganas a alguien [odiarlo] to have it in for sb;
    Andes, RP Fam [desearlo] to be after sb, to have one's eye on sb;
    venirle en gana a alguien: hace/come todo lo que le viene en gana she does/eats whatever she pleases
    2. [apetito] appetite;
    comer sin ganas to eat without appetite, to pick at one's food;
    no tengo gana I've got no appetite;
    el paciente ha perdido la gana the patient has lost his appetite
    * * *
    f
    1
    :
    no me da la gana I don’t want to;
    hace lo que le da la gana he does what he likes, he does as he pleases;
    … me da ganas de … … makes me want to …;
    tener ganas de algo/de hacer algo feel like sth/like doing sth;
    quedarse con las ganas never get (the chance) to do sth
    :
    de mala gana unwillingly, grudgingly;
    de buena gana willingly
    * * *
    gana nf
    1) : desire, inclination
    2)
    de buena gana : willingly, readily, gladly
    3)
    de mala gana : reluctantly, half-heartedly
    4)
    tener ganas de : to feel like, to be in the mood for
    tengo ganas de bailar: I feel like dancing
    5)
    ponerle ganas a algo : to put effort into something
    * * *
    gana n
    dar la gana to want / to like

    Spanish-English dictionary > gana

  • 6 Herz

    n; -ens, -en
    1. ANAT., als Organ: heart; künstliches Herz artificial heart; Operation am offenen Herzen open-heart surgery; er hat’s am Herzen umg. he has heart trouble ( oder a heart condition)
    2. poet. (Brust) breast; jemanden ans Herz drücken clasp s.o. to one’s breast; komm an mein Herz come to my arms
    3. bes. geh. (Gemüt) heart; (Seele) auch soul; (Mut) auch courage; ein gutes / hartes / weiches Herz haben be good- / hard- / soft-hearted; kein Herz haben be heartless; ein Herz aus Stein a heart of stone; das Herz eines Hasen / Löwen haben be as timid as a mouse / have the heart of a lion; es tut dem Herzen wohl it does you good; etw. fürs Herz s.th. to warm the heart; jemandem das Herz schwer machen sadden s.o.’s heart
    4. Person: soul; Kosewort: mein Herz my love, my dear; einsame Herzen lonely hearts; Herzchen
    5. fig. von Salat, Stadt etc.: heart, core, cent|re (Am. -er)
    6. KATH.: Herz Jesu Sacred Heart
    7. BOT.: Tränendes Herz bleeding heart, dicentra
    8. Redewendungen: ein Kind unter dem Herzen tragen poet. be with child; jemandem stockt das Herz vor Schreck geh. s.o.’s heart skips a beat (in fright); mir schlug das Herz bis zum Hals my heart was in my mouth; sein Herz schlug höher his heart leapt; er / es lässt die Herzen höher schlagen he makes the ladies swoon ( oder go weak in the knees) / it makes your heart swell; mir blutet das Herz oder dreht sich das Herz im Leibe herum my heart bleeds ( für ihn for him; bei dem Anblick at the sight); es bricht oder zerreißt mir das Herz geh. it breaks my heart; mir rutschte oder fiel das Herz in die Hose umg. my heart sank; jemandem sein Herz ausschütten pour one’s heart out to s.o.; alles, was das Herz begehrt everything your heart desires, everything you could possibly wish for; sagen, was sein Herz bewegt unburden one’s heart; jemandes Herz brechen / gewinnen / stehlen break / win / steal s.o.’s heart; sich (Dat) ein Herz fassen pluck (umg. screw) up some courage; mein Herz gehört ihr / der Malerei geh. my heart belongs to her / painting is my true love; seinem Herzen einen Stoß geben go for it; ein Herz und eine Seele sein be inseparable; sein Herz an etw. (Akk) hängen set one’s heart on s.th.; sein ganzes Herz hängt daran it means the world to him; es liegt mir am Herzen it means a lot to me (zu + Inf. to be able to + Inf.); es liegt mir am Herzen zu (+ Inf.) auch I’m (very) anxious to (+ Inf.) jemandem etw. ( besonders) ans Herz legen (nahe legen) urge s.o. to do s.th.; (anvertrauen) entrust s.o. with the task of doing s.th.; sein Herz ( an jemanden) verlieren lose one’s heart (to s.o.); er / es ist mir ans Herz gewachsen I have grown fond of him / it; auf Herz und Nieren prüfen umg. (Person) grill s.o.; (Sache) put s.th. through its paces; etw. auf dem Herzen haben have s.th. on one’s mind; sein Herz auf der Zunge tragen geh. wear one’s heart on one’s sleeve; aus tiefstem Herzen geh. from the bottom of one’s heart; ein Herz für Kinder / Tiere etc. a place in one’s heart for children / animals etc.; sein Herz für... entdecken discover a fondness ( oder liking) for...; jemanden in sein oder ins Herz schließen grow very fond of s.o., become very attached to s.o.; jemandem nicht ins Herz sehen können not be able to look into s.o.’s heart; da lacht mir das Herz im Leibe! it makes my heart leap for joy!; mit ganzem / halben Herzen dabei sein etc.: heart and soul, wholeheartedly / halfheartedly; er ist mit ganzem Herzen bei der Arbeit his heart’s in his work; ein Mann etc. nach meinem Herzen after my own heart; ich kann es nicht übers Herz bringen I can’t bring myself to do it, I haven’t got the heart (to do it); mir wurde warm ums Herz I felt all warm inside; es war ihr leicht / schwer ums Herz she felt relieved / heavy-hearted; er weiß, wie mir ums Herz ist he knows how I feel; von Herzen sincerely; von Herzen froh heartily pleased; von Herzen gern gladly, with great pleasure; es kommt von Herzen it comes from the heart; von Herzen kommend sincere, heartfelt; von ganzem Herzen with all one’s heart; ich bedanke mich von ganzem Herzen I’m deeply grateful (to you); jemandem zu Herzen gehen move s.o.; sich (Dat) etw. zu Herzen nehmen take s.th. to heart; wes das Herz voll ist, dem gehet der Mund über Sprichw. when you’re excited about something, you simply can’t help talking about it; Fleck 3, gebrochen II, Hand1 3, leicht I 3, Mördergrube, schwer I 2, Stein 1
    n; -, -
    1. nur Sg.; Kartenfarbe: hearts Pl.
    2. Einzelkarte: heart
    * * *
    das Herz
    heart
    * * *
    Hẹrz
    * * *
    das
    1) (the innermost part: in the bosom of his family.) bosom
    2) ((sometimes treated as noun singular) one of the four card suits: the two of hearts.) hearts
    3) (the organ which pumps blood through the body: How fast does a person's heart beat?; ( also adjective) heart disease; a heart specialist.) heart
    4) (the part of the body where one's feelings, especially of love, conscience etc are imagined to arise: She has a kind heart; You know in your heart that you ought to go; She has no heart (= She is not kind).) heart
    5) (a symbol supposed to represent the shape of the heart; a white dress with little pink hearts on it; heart-shaped.) heart
    6) (one of the playing-cards of the suit hearts, which have red symbols of this shape on them.) heart
    * * *
    <-ens, -en>
    [hɛrts]
    nt
    1. ANAT heart
    ihr \Herz hämmerte [o pochte] her heart was pounding
    sein \Herz versagte his heart failed
    gesundes/schwaches \Herz healthy/weak heart
    es am [o mit dem] \Herz[en] haben (fam) to have heart problems
    künstliches \Herz MED artificial heart
    eine Operation [o Chirurgie] am offenen \Herz[en] open-heart surgery
    am offenen \Herzen operiert werden to undergo open-heart surgery
    ein \Herz verpflanzen to transplant a heart
    2. (Gemüt, Gefühl) heart
    du regelst immer alles nur mit dem Verstand, wo bleibt das [o dein] \Herz? you always listen to the voice of reason, can't you ever let your heart rule [or can't you follow your heart]?
    zeig' mehr Verständnis, mehr \Herz! show more understanding, more sensitivity!
    mit ganzem \Herzen wholeheartedly
    sie ist immer mit ganzem \Herzen bei ihren Projekten she always puts her heart and soul into her projects
    etw mit ganzem \Herzen bejahen/unterstützen to approve of/support sth wholeheartedly
    von ganzem \Herzen sincerely
    von \Herzen gern with pleasure
    ja, von \Herzen gern! yes, I'd love to!
    jdn von \Herzen gernhaben to love sb dearly
    etw von \Herzen gern tun to love doing sth
    ein gutes \Herz haben to have a good heart, to be good-hearted
    ein \Herz für jdn/Tiere haben to have a love of sb/animals
    er hat ein \Herz für Kinder he loves children
    kein \Herz haben to have no heart
    hast du denn kein \Herz? haven't you got [or don't you have] a heart?
    auf sein \Herz hören to listen to [the voice of] one's heart
    ohne \Herz without feeling
    3. (fig: innerer Teil) heart
    das \Herz einer Artischocke/eines Salats the heart [or core] of an artichoke/a lettuce
    im \Herzen Europas in the heart of Europe
    4. (Schatz)
    mein \Herz my dear [or love
    5. (Herzform) heart
    ein \Herz aus Gold a heart of gold
    ein \Herz aus Schokolade a chocolate heart
    6. kein pl (Speise) heart no pl
    zwei Kilo \Herz [vom Ochsen] bitte! two kilos of [ox] heart, please!
    7. kein pl KARTEN (Farbe) hearts pl
    ich habe \Herz ausgespielt, du musst auch \Herz bedienen! I led with hearts, [so] you have to follow suit [with hearts]!
    8. inv (Spielkarte) heart
    ich habe drei \Herz I have three hearts
    9. BOT
    Tränendes \Herz bleeding heart
    10. REL heart
    das Herz Jesu the Sacred Heart
    11.
    jdm sein \Herz ausschütten to pour out one's heart to sb
    jdm wird bang ums \Herz sb's heart sinks
    alles, was das \Herz begehrt everything the heart desires [or could wish for]
    die \Herzen bewegen to move the hearts
    was bewegt dein Herz? what's on your mind?
    jdm blutet das \Herz, jds \Herz blutet sb's heart bleeds
    blutenden \Herzens with a heavy heart
    jdm das \Herz brechen (geh) to break sb's heart
    es nicht übers \Herz bringen [o nicht das \Herz haben], etw zu tun to not have the heart to do sth
    ich bring es nicht übers \Herz, ihr die Wahrheit zu sagen I don't have the heart [or I cannot bring myself] to tell her the truth
    jdm dreht sich das \Herz im Leib um [o jdm tut das \Herz im Leibe weh] (geh) sb's heart turns over
    jdn an sein \Herz drücken to clasp sb to one's breast
    sein \Herz für etw/jdn entdecken (geh) to start liking sth/sb
    jdm/sich sein \Herz erleichtern to get something off sb's/one's chest fam
    jds \Herz erobern/gewinnen (geh) to conquer/win sb's heart
    jds \Herz erweichen to soften up sb sep
    jdm fällt ein Stein vom \Herz to be extremely relieved, to be a weight off sb's mind
    sich dat ein \Herz fassen [o nehmen] to pluck up courage [or take one's courage in both hands]
    jdm fliegen die \Herzen [nur so] zu (fam) sb is popular wherever he/she goes
    seinem \Herzen folgen to follow one's heart
    an/mit gebrochenem \Herzen of/with a broken heart
    jdm bis ins \Herz [o jdm zu \Herzen] gehen to make sb's heart bleed
    jds \Herz gehört jdm (geh) sb's heart belongs to sb
    jds \Herz gehört etw dat (geh) sth loves sth
    ein \Herz aus Gold haben to have a heart of gold
    im Grunde seines \Herzens in his heart of hearts
    etw auf dem \Herzen haben to have sth on one's mind
    Hand aufs \Herz honestly, with all one's heart
    sein \Herz an jdn/etw hängen (geh) to devote oneself to sb/sth
    häng dein \Herz nicht an ihn, er spielt doch nur mit den Gefühlen der Frauen! don't give your heart to him, he only plays with women's feelings!
    jds \Herz hängt an etw dat sb is attached to sth
    jds \Herz hängt an Geld sb is preoccupied with money
    ein hartes \Herz haben to have a hard heart, to be hard-hearted
    jds \Herz höherschlagen lassen to make sb's heart beat faster
    von \Herzen kommen to come from the heart
    jdm lacht das \Herz im Leibe (geh) sb's heart jumps for joy
    jdm etw ans \Herz legen to entrust sb with sth
    jdm ans \Herz legen, etw zu tun to strongly recommend sb to do sth
    leichten \Herzens with a light heart, light-heartedly
    jdm ist [ganz] leicht ums \Herz sb feels [all] light-hearted
    jdm wird leicht ums \Herz sb has a load lifted from their mind
    jdm liegt etw am \Herzen sth concerns [or troubles] sb
    seinem \Herzen Luft machen (fam) to give vent to one's feelings
    aus seinem \Herzen keine Mördergrube machen to speak frankly
    sich dat etw zu \Herzen nehmen to take sth to heart
    jdn/etw auf \Herz und Nieren prüfen (fam) to examine sb/sth thoroughly
    jdm sein \Herz öffnen (geh) to open one's heart to sb
    das \Herz auf dem [o am] rechten Fleck haben to have one's heart in the right place fig
    sich dat etw vom \Herzen reden (geh) to get sth off one's chest fam
    jdm rutscht [o fällt] das \Herz in die Hose (fam) sb's heart sinks into their boots BRIT fam
    jdm sein \Herz schenken (liter) to give sb one's heart
    jdm schlägt das \Herz bis zum Hals sb's heart is in their mouth
    jdn in sein \Herz schließen to take sb to one's heart
    schweren \Herzens with a heavy heart
    jdm ist das \Herz schwer [o ist [es] schwer ums \Herz] sb has a heavy heart [or is heavy-hearted]
    jdm wird das \Herz schwer [o wird [es] schwer ums \Herz] sb's heart grows heavy
    jdm das \Herz schwer machen to sadden sb's heart
    ein \Herz und eine Seele sein to be the best of friends
    jdm aus dem \Herzen sprechen to say just what sb was thinking
    sein \Herz sprechen lassen to listen to one's heart
    ein \Herz aus Stein haben to have a heart of stone
    etw gibt jdm einen Stich ins \Herz sth cuts sb to the quick
    jdm stockt das \Herz sb's heart stands still [or misses a beat]
    seinem \Herzen einen Stoß geben to [suddenly] pluck up courage
    alle \Herzen [o die \Herzen aller] im Sturm erobern to capture everybody's heart
    aus tiefstem/vollem \Herzen (geh) with all one's heart
    traurigen \Herzens with a heavy heart
    jdn ins \Herz treffen to hurt sb deeply
    sein \Herz an jdn verlieren to fall in love with sb
    jd wächst jdm ans \Herz sb grows fond of [or becomes attached to] sb
    ein warmes \Herz haben to be kind-hearted [or warm-hearted]
    ein weiches \Herz haben to have a soft heart
    jdm das \Herz zerreißen (geh) to break sb's heart
    jds \Herz will vor Freude zerspringen sb's heart nearly bursts with joy
    das \Herz auf der Zunge tragen (geh) to speak one's mind
    * * *
    das; Herzens, Herzen
    1) (auch): (herzförmiger Gegenstand, zentraler Teil) heart

    sie hat es am Herzen(ugs.) she has a bad heart; (fig.)

    komm an mein Herz, Geliebter — come into my arms, my darling

    mir blutet das Herz(auch iron.) my heart bleeds

    ihm rutschte od. fiel das Herz in die Hose[n] — (ugs., oft scherzh.) his heart sank into his boots

    jemandem das Herz brechen(geh.) break somebody's heart

    jemanden/etwas auf Herz und Nieren prüfen — (ugs.) grill somebody/go over something with a fine tooth-comb

    2) (meist geh.): (Gemüt) heart

    die Herzen bewegen/rühren — touch people's hearts

    jemandes Herz hängt an etwas — (Dat.) (jemand möchte etwas sehr gern[e] behalten) somebody is attached to something; (jemand möchte etwas sehr gerne haben) somebody's heart is set on something

    ihm war/wurde das Herz schwer — his heart was/grew heavy

    alles, was das Herz begehrt — everything one's heart desires

    sich (Dat.) ein Herz fassen — pluck up one's courage; take one's courage in both hands

    sein Herz für etwas entdecken(geh.) discover a passion for something

    ein Herz für Kinder/die Kunst haben — have a love of children/art

    jemandem sein Herz ausschüttenpour out one's heart to somebody

    seinem Herzen einen Stoß geben — [suddenly] pluck up courage

    seinem Herzen Luft machen(ugs.) give vent to one's feelings

    leichten Herzens — easily; happily

    jemand/etwas liegt jemandem am Herzen — somebody has the interests of somebody/something at heart

    jemand/etwas ist jemandem ans Herz gewachsen — somebody has grown very fond of somebody/something

    jemanden ins od. in sein Herz schließen — take to somebody

    mit halbem Herzen(geh.) half-heartedly

    es nicht übers Herz bringen, etwas zu tun — not have the heart to do something

    von Herzen gern — [most] gladly

    von ganzem Herzen(aufrichtig) with all one's heart; (aus voller Überzeugung) whole-heartedly

    sich (Dat.) etwas zu Herzen nehmentake something to heart

    mit ganzem Herzen(geh.) whole-heartedly

    jemandem aus dem Herzen sprechenexpress just what somebody is/was thinking; s. auch Luft 3); Stein 2); Stich 5)

    3) (Kartenspiel) hearts pl.; (Karte) heart; s. auch Pik II
    4) (Kosewort)
    * * *
    Herz1 n; -ens, -en
    1. ANAT, als Organ: heart;
    künstliches Herz artificial heart;
    Operation am offenen Herzen open-heart surgery;
    er hat’s am Herzen umg he has heart trouble ( oder a heart condition)
    2. poet (Brust) breast;
    jemanden ans Herz drücken clasp sb to one’s breast;
    komm an mein Herz come to my arms
    3. besonders geh (Gemüt) heart; (Seele) auch soul; (Mut) auch courage;
    ein gutes/hartes/weiches Herz haben be good-/hard-/soft-hearted;
    kein Herz haben be heartless;
    ein Herz aus Stein a heart of stone;
    das Herz eines Hasen/Löwen haben be as timid as a mouse/have the heart of a lion;
    es tut dem Herzen wohl it does you good;
    etwas fürs Herz sth to warm the heart;
    jemandem das Herz schwer machen sadden sb’s heart
    4. Person: soul; Kosewort:
    mein Herz my love, my dear;
    einsame Herzen lonely hearts; Herzchen
    5. fig von Salat, Stadt etc: heart, core, centre (US -er)
    6. KATH:
    Herz Jesu Sacred Heart
    7. BOT:
    Tränendes Herz bleeding heart, dicentra
    jemandem stockt das Herz vor Schreck geh sb’s heart skips a beat (in fright);
    mir schlug das Herz bis zum Hals my heart was in my mouth;
    sein Herz schlug höher his heart leapt;
    er/es lässt die Herzen höher schlagen he makes the ladies swoon ( oder go weak in the knees)/it makes your heart swell;
    für ihn for him;
    bei dem Anblick at the sight);
    zerreißt mir das Herz geh it breaks my heart;
    fiel das Herz in die Hose umg my heart sank;
    jemandem sein Herz ausschütten pour one’s heart out to sb;
    alles, was das Herz begehrt everything your heart desires, everything you could possibly wish for;
    sagen, was sein Herz bewegt unburden one’s heart;
    jemandes Herz brechen/gewinnen/stehlen break/win/steal sb’s heart;
    sich (dat)
    ein Herz fassen pluck (umg screw) up some courage;
    mein Herz gehört ihr/der Malerei geh my heart belongs to her/painting is my true love;
    hängen set one’s heart on sth;
    sein ganzes Herz hängt daran it means the world to him;
    es liegt mir am Herzen it means a lot to me (
    zu +inf to be able to +inf);
    es liegt mir am Herzen zu (+inf) auch I’m (very) anxious to (+inf)
    jemandem etwas (besonders) ans Herz legen (nahe legen) urge sb to do sth; (anvertrauen) entrust sb with the task of doing sth;
    sein Herz (an jemanden) verlieren lose one’s heart (to sb);
    er/es ist mir ans Herz gewachsen I have grown fond of him/it;
    auf Herz und Nieren prüfen umg (Person) grill sb; (Sache) put sth through its paces;
    etwas auf dem Herzen haben have sth on one’s mind;
    sein Herz auf der Zunge tragen geh wear one’s heart on one’s sleeve;
    aus tiefstem Herzen geh from the bottom of one’s heart;
    ein Herz für Kinder/Tiere etc a place in one’s heart for children/animals etc;
    sein Herz für … entdecken discover a fondness ( oder liking) for …;
    ins Herz schließen grow very fond of sb, become very attached to sb;
    jemandem nicht ins Herz sehen können not be able to look into sb’s heart;
    da lacht mir das Herz im Leibe! it makes my heart leap for joy!;
    mit ganzem/halben Herzen dabei sein etc: heart and soul, wholeheartedly/halfheartedly;
    er ist mit ganzem Herzen bei der Arbeit his heart’s in his work;
    ein Mann etc
    nach meinem Herzen after my own heart;
    ich kann es nicht übers Herz bringen I can’t bring myself to do it, I haven’t got the heart (to do it);
    mir wurde warm ums Herz I felt all warm inside;
    es war ihr leicht/schwer ums Herz she felt relieved/heavy-hearted;
    er weiß, wie mir ums Herz ist he knows how I feel;
    von Herzen sincerely;
    von Herzen froh heartily pleased;
    von Herzen gern gladly, with great pleasure;
    es kommt von Herzen it comes from the heart;
    von Herzen kommend sincere, heartfelt;
    von ganzem Herzen with all one’s heart;
    ich bedanke mich von ganzem Herzen I’m deeply grateful (to you);
    sich (dat)
    etwas zu Herzen nehmen take sth to heart;
    wes das Herz voll ist, dem gehet der Mund über sprichw when you’re excited about something, you simply can’t help talking about it; Fleck 3, gebrochen B, Hand1 3, leicht A 3, Mördergrube, schwer A 2, Stein 1
    Herz2 n; -, -
    1. nur sg; Kartenfarbe: hearts pl
    2. Einzelkarte: heart
    Herz… im subst … of hearts;
    Herzzwei two of hearts;
    Herzdrei three of hearts
    * * *
    das; Herzens, Herzen
    1) (auch): (herzförmiger Gegenstand, zentraler Teil) heart

    sie hat es am Herzen(ugs.) she has a bad heart; (fig.)

    komm an mein Herz, Geliebter — come into my arms, my darling

    mir blutet das Herz(auch iron.) my heart bleeds

    ihm rutschte od. fiel das Herz in die Hose[n] — (ugs., oft scherzh.) his heart sank into his boots

    jemandem das Herz brechen(geh.) break somebody's heart

    jemanden/etwas auf Herz und Nieren prüfen — (ugs.) grill somebody/go over something with a fine tooth-comb

    2) (meist geh.): (Gemüt) heart

    die Herzen bewegen/rühren — touch people's hearts

    jemandes Herz hängt an etwas — (Dat.) (jemand möchte etwas sehr gerne behalten) somebody is attached to something; (jemand möchte etwas sehr gerne haben) somebody's heart is set on something

    ihm war/wurde das Herz schwer — his heart was/grew heavy

    alles, was das Herz begehrt — everything one's heart desires

    sich (Dat.) ein Herz fassen — pluck up one's courage; take one's courage in both hands

    sein Herz für etwas entdecken(geh.) discover a passion for something

    ein Herz für Kinder/die Kunst haben — have a love of children/art

    seinem Herzen einen Stoß geben — [suddenly] pluck up courage

    seinem Herzen Luft machen(ugs.) give vent to one's feelings

    leichten Herzens — easily; happily

    jemand/etwas liegt jemandem am Herzen — somebody has the interests of somebody/something at heart

    jemand/etwas ist jemandem ans Herz gewachsen — somebody has grown very fond of somebody/something

    jemanden ins od. in sein Herz schließen — take to somebody

    mit halbem Herzen(geh.) half-heartedly

    es nicht übers Herz bringen, etwas zu tun — not have the heart to do something

    von Herzen gern — [most] gladly

    von ganzem Herzen (aufrichtig) with all one's heart; (aus voller Überzeugung) whole-heartedly

    sich (Dat.) etwas zu Herzen nehmen — take something to heart

    mit ganzem Herzen(geh.) whole-heartedly

    jemandem aus dem Herzen sprechen — express just what somebody is/was thinking; s. auch Luft 3); Stein 2); Stich 5)

    3) (Kartenspiel) hearts pl.; (Karte) heart; s. auch Pik II
    4) (Kosewort)
    * * *
    -en n.
    heart n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Herz

  • 7 aguantar

    v.
    1 to bear.
    está aguantando bien las presiones she's holding o bearing up well under the pressure
    esa estantería no va a aguantar el peso de los libros that shelf won't take the weight of the books
    2 to bear, to stand.
    no lo aguanto I can't bear him
    no sé cómo la aguantas I don't know how you put up with her
    no sabe aguantar una broma he doesn't know how to take a joke
    3 to hold.
    aguanta los libros mientras limpio la estantería hold the books while I dust the shelf
    Aguante su respiración Hold your breath.
    4 to hold (contener) (respiración, mirada).
    apenas pude aguantar la risa it was all I could do not to laugh
    5 to hold on (time).
    aguanta un poco más hold on a bit longer
    no aguanto más I can't take any more
    Ella aguantará porque es fuerte She will hold on because she is strong.
    6 to wait for (esperar). (Mexican Spanish, River Plate)
    7 to last.
    estas botas aguantarán hasta al año que viene these boots should last me till next year
    aguantar hasta el final to stay the course o the distance
    8 to endure, to abide, to bear, to tolerate.
    Noel aguanta muchas penas Noel endures many sorrows.
    9 to withstand, to hold, to uphold, to support.
    El barrote aguanta el techo The crosspiece holds the roofing.
    10 to tolerate to, to suffer to, to bear to, to endure to.
    Silvia aguanta estudiar de noche Silvia tolerates to study nights.
    * * *
    1 (contener) to hold (back)
    2 (sostener) to hold, support
    3 (soportar) to tolerate
    no aguanto más I can't stand any more, I can't take any more
    1 (contenerse) to keep back; (risa, lágrimas) to hold back
    2 (resignarse) to resign oneself
    \
    ¡que se aguante! familiar that's her/his tough luck!
    * * *
    verb
    1) to bear, endure, withstand
    2) hold
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=soportar deliberadamente) to put up with, endure

    aguanté el dolor como pudeI bore o put up with o endured the pain as best as I could

    no aguantaré tus impertinencias ni un minuto másI won't stand for o take o put up with your cheek a minute longer

    2) (=tener capacidad de resistir) to stand up to

    esta planta aguanta bien el calorthis plant withstands o can take heat well, this plant stands up well to heat

    no aguantar, no aguanto a los cotillas — I can't bear o stand gossips

    no aguanto ver sufrir a un animalI can't bear o stand to see an animal suffering

    no hay quien te aguante — you're impossible o insufferable

    3) (=sostener) [persona] to hold; [muro, columna] to support, hold up
    4) (=contener) [+ respiración] to hold; [+ risa, llanto] to hold back

    el mundo aguantó la respiración temiendo un desastre — the world waited with bated breath, fearing a disaster

    aguantar las ganas de hacer algo — to resist the urge to do sth

    no pude aguantar las ganas de decirle lo que pensaba — I couldn't resist telling her what I thought, I couldn't resist the urge to tell her what I thought

    5) (=durar) to last
    2. VI
    1) [persona]

    ya no aguanto másI can't bear it o stand it o take it any longer, I can't bear o stand o take any more

    aguantaré en Madrid hasta que puedaI'll hang on o hold on in Madrid as long as I can

    yo me emborracho enseguida, pero él aguanta mucho — I get drunk straight away but he can really hold his drink

    yo ya no aguanto mucho, a las diez estoy en la cama — I can't take the pace any more, I'm in bed by ten

    aguantan poco sin aburrirse — they have a low boredom threshold, they're easily bored

    es de guapo que no se puede aguantar* he's drop dead gorgeous *, he's to die for *

    2) [clavo, columna] to hold

    ¿crees que este clavo aguantará? — do you think this nail will hold?

    3) LAm * (=esperar) to hang on *, hold on

    ¡aguanta! — hang on * o hold on a minute!

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <dolor/sufrimiento> to bear, endure
    2)
    a) <peso/carga> to support, bear; < presión> to withstand
    b) ( durar)

    estas botas aguantarán otro invierno — these boots will last (me/you/him) another winter

    3) ( sostener) to hold
    4) (contener, reprimir) <risa/lágrimas> to hold back
    2.

    ¿puedes aguantar hasta que lleguemos? — can you hang o hold on until we arrive?

    3.
    aguantarse v pron
    1) (conformarse, resignarse)

    me tendré que aguantarI'll just have to put up with it

    si no le gusta, que se aguante — if he doesn't like it, he can lump it (colloq)

    2) (euf) (reprimirse, contenerse)

    aguántate un poquito que ya llegamosjust hold o hang on a minute, we'll soon be there

    3) (AmL fam) ( esperarse) to hang on (colloq)
    * * *
    = stand up to, bear, withstand, endure, hold + fire, put up with, hold off, stand + the gaff, stomach, weather, hold + Nombre + in.
    Ex. However, he would prefer a binding that will stand up to being stuffed into after-hours book drops and being hauled from one library to another.
    Ex. One is tempted to say that the enthusiasts for postcoordinate systems, being forced to admit reluctantly that control was necessary, couldn't bear to use the old-fashioned term 'list of subject headings'.
    Ex. While the current problems associated with serial economics have driven a wedge between vendors, librarians and publishers, they should be cooperating and communicating in order to withstand the information explosion.
    Ex. On the other hand people passionately devoted to a hobby or sport or their work will endure without complaint conditions which less ardent folk think outrageously insupportable.
    Ex. However, in producing a bulletin one is often torn between including the scanty, undigested and possibly inaccurate details of a new proposal and holding fire until fuller information is available, and thereby missing a publication deadline.
    Ex. Have reading foisted on you as a duty, a task to be put up with, from which you expect no delight, and it can appear a drab business gladly to be given up.
    Ex. A dam at the Strait of Gibraltar could be constructed to limit the outflow and reverse the climate deterioration, thus holding off the next ice age.
    Ex. Thus far the oil companies have stood the gaff well, considering the burden thrown on them by declining prices and mounting stocks.
    Ex. Early man couldn't stomach milk, according to research.
    Ex. The small publishers seem to be weathering the industry changes, and have expectations of growth.
    Ex. The longer a fart is held in, the larger the proportion of inert nitrogen it contains, because the other gases tend to be absorbed into the bloodstream through the walls of the intestine.
    ----
    * aguantar con resignación = take it on + the chin.
    * aguantar el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.
    * aguantar el aliento = hold + Posesivo + breath.
    * aguantar estoicamente = weather, take it on + the chin.
    * aguantar hasta el final = stick it out.
    * aguantar la respiración = hold + Posesivo + breath.
    * aguantarlo = live with it.
    * aguantarlo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.
    * aguantar mecha = stick it out, stand + the gaff.
    * aguantarse = hold + Posesivo + horses.
    * aguantar un golpe = take + a hit.
    * aguántate = lump it.
    * no aguantar más = have had enough.
    * no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.
    * si no te gusta, te aguantas = like it or lump it, if you don't like it you can lump it.
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <dolor/sufrimiento> to bear, endure
    2)
    a) <peso/carga> to support, bear; < presión> to withstand
    b) ( durar)

    estas botas aguantarán otro invierno — these boots will last (me/you/him) another winter

    3) ( sostener) to hold
    4) (contener, reprimir) <risa/lágrimas> to hold back
    2.

    ¿puedes aguantar hasta que lleguemos? — can you hang o hold on until we arrive?

    3.
    aguantarse v pron
    1) (conformarse, resignarse)

    me tendré que aguantarI'll just have to put up with it

    si no le gusta, que se aguante — if he doesn't like it, he can lump it (colloq)

    2) (euf) (reprimirse, contenerse)

    aguántate un poquito que ya llegamosjust hold o hang on a minute, we'll soon be there

    3) (AmL fam) ( esperarse) to hang on (colloq)
    * * *
    = stand up to, bear, withstand, endure, hold + fire, put up with, hold off, stand + the gaff, stomach, weather, hold + Nombre + in.

    Ex: However, he would prefer a binding that will stand up to being stuffed into after-hours book drops and being hauled from one library to another.

    Ex: One is tempted to say that the enthusiasts for postcoordinate systems, being forced to admit reluctantly that control was necessary, couldn't bear to use the old-fashioned term 'list of subject headings'.
    Ex: While the current problems associated with serial economics have driven a wedge between vendors, librarians and publishers, they should be cooperating and communicating in order to withstand the information explosion.
    Ex: On the other hand people passionately devoted to a hobby or sport or their work will endure without complaint conditions which less ardent folk think outrageously insupportable.
    Ex: However, in producing a bulletin one is often torn between including the scanty, undigested and possibly inaccurate details of a new proposal and holding fire until fuller information is available, and thereby missing a publication deadline.
    Ex: Have reading foisted on you as a duty, a task to be put up with, from which you expect no delight, and it can appear a drab business gladly to be given up.
    Ex: A dam at the Strait of Gibraltar could be constructed to limit the outflow and reverse the climate deterioration, thus holding off the next ice age.
    Ex: Thus far the oil companies have stood the gaff well, considering the burden thrown on them by declining prices and mounting stocks.
    Ex: Early man couldn't stomach milk, according to research.
    Ex: The small publishers seem to be weathering the industry changes, and have expectations of growth.
    Ex: The longer a fart is held in, the larger the proportion of inert nitrogen it contains, because the other gases tend to be absorbed into the bloodstream through the walls of the intestine.
    * aguantar con resignación = take it on + the chin.
    * aguantar el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.
    * aguantar el aliento = hold + Posesivo + breath.
    * aguantar estoicamente = weather, take it on + the chin.
    * aguantar hasta el final = stick it out.
    * aguantar la respiración = hold + Posesivo + breath.
    * aguantarlo = live with it.
    * aguantarlo bien = take it in + Posesivo + stride.
    * aguantar mecha = stick it out, stand + the gaff.
    * aguantarse = hold + Posesivo + horses.
    * aguantar un golpe = take + a hit.
    * aguántate = lump it.
    * no aguantar más = have had enough.
    * no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * si no aguantas el calor, sal de la cocina = if you can't stand the heat, get out of the kitchen.
    * si no te gusta, te aguantas = like it or lump it, if you don't like it you can lump it.
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

    * * *
    aguantar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1
    (tolerar, soportar): aguanto bien el calor I can take the heat
    tuvieron que aguantar temperaturas altísimas en el desierto they had to endure extremely high temperatures in the desert
    y como no tengo donde ir tengo que aguantar sus bromas estúpidas and since I have nowhere to go I have to put up with o suffer his stupid jokes
    aguantó el dolor con gran fortaleza she bore o endured the pain very bravely
    lo aguantó durante años she put up with him for years
    no tengo por qué aguantar que me traten así I don't have to stand for this kind of treatment, I don't have to put up with being treated like this
    a ése le aguantan todo porque es el hijo del jefe he gets away with anything because he's the boss's son
    aguantó su mirada un momento y desvió los ojos he held her stare for a moment, then averted his eyes
    2
    (uso hiperbólico): este calor no hay quien lo aguante this heat is unbearable
    no sabes aguantar una broma you can't take a joke
    no puedo aguantarlo I can't stand him
    no puedo aguantar este dolor de muelas this toothache's unbearable
    B
    1 ‹peso/presión›
    aguanta todo el peso del tejado it supports o bears the whole weight of the roof
    el puente no aguanta más de cierto tonelaje the bridge will only withstand o take o stand a certain tonnage
    no aguantó la presión it didn't take o withstand the pressure
    el mástil no aguantaría otra embestida del viento the mast wouldn't stand up to o take another gust
    ella aguanta el doble que yo bebiendo she can take twice as much drink as I can
    2
    (durar): estas botas aguantarán otro invierno these boots will last (me/you/him) another winter
    construcciones que han aguantado el paso del tiempo buildings that have survived the passing of time
    aguantó tres meses en ese trabajo he lasted three months in that job
    C (sostener) to hold
    aguántame los paquetes mientras compro las entradas hold (on to) the parcels for me while I buy the tickets
    una cuña para aguantar la puerta a wedge to hold the door open
    D (contener, reprimir) ‹risa/lágrimas› to hold back
    aguanta la respiración todo lo que puedas hold your breath for as long as you can
    ya no aguanto las ganas de decírselo I can't resist the temptation to tell him any longer
    ■ aguantar
    vi
    ¡ya no aguanto más! yo renuncio I can't take any more! I quit
    con ese tren de vida no hay salud que aguante that sort of lifestyle would be enough to destroy anyone's health
    ¿puedes aguantar hasta que lleguemos? can you hang o hold on until we arrive?
    no puedo aguantar hasta enero con este abrigo I can't last till January with this coat, this coat won't last me till January
    tenemos que aguantar hasta fin de mes con este dinero we have to make this money last o stretch till the end of the month, we have to get by on o manage on o survive on this money till the end of the month
    no creo que este clavo aguante I don't think this nail will hold
    A
    (conformarse, resignarse): no me apetece ir pero me tendré que aguantar I don't feel like going, but I'll just have to grin and bear it o put up with it
    si no le gusta, que se aguante if he doesn't like it, he can lump it ( colloq)
    me he quedado sin cena — te aguantas, por no haber llegado antes there's no dinner left for me — tough, you should have got(ten) here earlier ( colloq)
    B ( euf)
    (reprimirse, contenerse): aguántate un poquito que enseguida llegamos just hold o hang on a minute, we'll soon be there
    ya no se aguanta las ganas de abrir los paquetes he can't resist the temptation to open the packages any longer
    se aguantó hasta que no pudo más y se lo dijo todo she kept quiet as long as she could and then she told him everything
    C ( AmL fam) (esperarse) to hang on ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    aguantar ( conjugate aguantar) verbo transitivo
    1dolor/sufrimiento to bear, endure;

    no tengo por qué aguantar esto I don't have to put up with this;
    este calor no hay quien lo aguante this heat is unbearable;
    no sabes aguantar una broma you can't take a joke;
    no los aguanto I can't stand them;
    no puedo aguantar este dolor de muelas this toothache's unbearable
    2
    a)peso/carga to support, bear;

    presión to withstand
    b) ( durar):

    estas botas aguantarán otro invierno these boots will last (me/you/him) another winter

    3 ( sostener) to hold
    4 (contener, reprimir) ‹risa/lágrimas to hold back;

    verbo intransitivo:
    ¡ya no aguanto más! I can't take any more!;

    no creo que este clavo aguante I don't think this nail will hold
    aguantarse verbo pronominal
    1 (conformarse, resignarse):
    me tendré que aguantar I'll just have to put up with it;

    si no le gusta, que se aguante if he doesn't like it, he can lump it (colloq)
    2 (euf) (reprimirse, contenerse):

    aguántate un poquito que ya llegamos just hold o hang on a minute, we'll soon be there
    3 (AmL fam) ( esperarse) to hang on (colloq)
    aguantar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (soportar, tolerar) to tolerate: no puedo aguantar más tu prepotencia, I can't stand your arrogance any longer ➣ Ver nota en bear y stand
    2 (sujetar) to support, hold: por favor, aguanta la escalera mientras cambio la bombilla, please hold the ladder while I change the bulb
    3 (reprimirse) aguantó la respiración tres minutos, he held his breath for three minutes
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (durar) to last
    2 (soportar) aguanta un poco más, hold on a bit longer
    ' aguantar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    calibre
    - mecha
    - pasar
    - resistir
    - saber
    - sufrir
    - tipo
    - soplar
    - tragar
    English:
    abide
    - bear
    - bear up
    - brave
    - bullet
    - endure
    - going
    - hang on
    - hold
    - hold on
    - hold out
    - last
    - pace
    - put up with
    - ride out
    - ridicule
    - sit out
    - sit through
    - stand
    - stay
    - stick
    - stick out
    - stomach
    - suffer
    - sweat out
    - take
    - go
    - hang
    - keep
    - put
    - ride
    - sit
    - stuck
    - support
    - tolerate
    * * *
    vt
    1. [sostener] to hold;
    aguanta los libros mientras limpio la estantería hold the books while I dust the shelf
    2. [peso, presión] to bear;
    esa estantería no va a aguantar el peso de los libros that shelf won't take the weight of the books;
    la presa no aguantará otro terremoto the dam won't withstand another earthquake;
    está aguantando bien las presiones she's holding o bearing up well under the pressure
    3. [tolerar, soportar] to bear, to stand;
    estas plantas no aguantan bien el calor these plants don't like the heat;
    no aguantó el ritmo de sus rivales she couldn't keep up with her rivals;
    a tu hermana no hay quien la aguante your sister's unbearable;
    no puedo aguantarlo, no lo aguanto I can't bear him;
    no sé cómo la aguantas I don't know how you put up with her;
    ya no aguanto más este dolor this pain is unbearable;
    no sabe aguantar una broma he doesn't know how to take a joke
    4. [tiempo] to hold out for;
    aguantó dos meses en el desierto he survived for two months in the desert;
    no creo que aguante mucho tiempo fuera su país I don't think he'll be able to last long abroad;
    ¿cuánto tiempo aguantas sin fumar un cigarillo? how long can you go without smoking a cigarette?;
    este abrigo me ha aguantado cinco años this coat has lasted me five years
    5. [contener] [respiración, mirada] to hold;
    [risa] to contain;
    debes aguantar la respiración para hacerte la radiografía you'll have to hold your breath when you have the X-ray;
    apenas pude aguantar la risa it was all I could do not to laugh
    6. Méx, RP Fam [esperar] to wait for
    vi
    1. [tiempo] to hold on;
    aguanta un poco más, en seguida nos vamos hold on a bit longer, we'll be going soon;
    no aguanto más – necesito un vaso de agua I can't take any more, I need a glass of water;
    ¡ya no aguanto más, vámonos! I've had enough, let's go!
    2. [resistir] to last;
    estas botas aguantarán hasta al año que viene these boots should last me till next year;
    aguantar hasta el final to stay the course o the distance;
    a pesar de estar lesionado, aguantó hasta el final despite his injury, he carried on until the end
    3. Taurom to stand firm
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 un peso bear, support
    3 ( soportar) put up with;
    no lo puedo aguantar I can’t stand o bear it
    II v/i
    :
    no aguanto más I can’t take (it) any more, I can’t bear it any longer
    * * *
    1) soportar: to bear, to tolerate, to withstand
    2) : to hold
    3)
    aguantar las ganas : to resist an urge
    no pude aguantar las ganas de reír: I couldn't keep myself from laughing
    : to hold out, to last
    * * *
    1. (sufrir frases afirmativas) to put up with [pt. & pp. put]
    2. (sufrir frases negativas) to stand [pt. & pp. stood]
    3. (peso) to take [pt. took; pp. taken]
    4. (durar) to last
    5. (esperar) to hold on [pt. & pp. held]
    aguanta, que falta poco hold on, we're nearly there
    6. (en la mano) to hold
    ¿me aguantas la carpeta un momento? can you hold my folder for a minute?

    Spanish-English dictionary > aguantar

  • 8 mediocre

    adj.
    mediocre, average.
    f. & m.
    mediocre person, mediocrity.
    * * *
    1 mediocre
    * * *
    adj.
    mediocre, ordinary
    * * *
    ADJ average; pey mediocre
    * * *
    adjetivo mediocre
    * * *
    = meagre [meager, -USA], nondescript, run-of-the-mill, mediocre, indifferent, second-rate, undistinguished, lamely, unimpressive, unremarkable.
    Ex. Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.
    Ex. He went on to explain that while there were no unsightly slums, there was a fairly large district of rather nondescript homes intermingled with plain two- and three-family brick and frame dwellings, principally in the eastern reaches of the city.
    Ex. Guides are almost always worth thinking of as the first type of bibliography to search when it is a quick check of run-of-the-mill bibliographical facts which is required.
    Ex. Despite the proliferation of biographies aimed at young adults which have lavish illustrations, easy-to-read print and attractive layout, most of them are lifeless and mediocre.
    Ex. This risk I gladly accept in the hope that I have succeeded in bringing to your notice the fact that there is an ailment here, however indifferent my diagnosis may have been, and by provoking thought on the matter.
    Ex. To date the library profession has been passive in its approach to new technology and has accepted the second-rate products it has been offered.
    Ex. You are about to hear an undistinguished non-expert speak prosaically about the library catalog as it currently is.
    Ex. People think that that this is just a stunt to generate more traffic to a lamely performing Web site.
    Ex. The author deems voice recognition technology to be unimpressive but finds that text-to-speech conversion has greatly improved.
    Ex. This dish, billed as the house specialty, was just an unremarkable griddled steak topped with some green bell peppers and green onions.
    * * *
    adjetivo mediocre
    * * *
    = meagre [meager, -USA], nondescript, run-of-the-mill, mediocre, indifferent, second-rate, undistinguished, lamely, unimpressive, unremarkable.

    Ex: Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.

    Ex: He went on to explain that while there were no unsightly slums, there was a fairly large district of rather nondescript homes intermingled with plain two- and three-family brick and frame dwellings, principally in the eastern reaches of the city.
    Ex: Guides are almost always worth thinking of as the first type of bibliography to search when it is a quick check of run-of-the-mill bibliographical facts which is required.
    Ex: Despite the proliferation of biographies aimed at young adults which have lavish illustrations, easy-to-read print and attractive layout, most of them are lifeless and mediocre.
    Ex: This risk I gladly accept in the hope that I have succeeded in bringing to your notice the fact that there is an ailment here, however indifferent my diagnosis may have been, and by provoking thought on the matter.
    Ex: To date the library profession has been passive in its approach to new technology and has accepted the second-rate products it has been offered.
    Ex: You are about to hear an undistinguished non-expert speak prosaically about the library catalog as it currently is.
    Ex: People think that that this is just a stunt to generate more traffic to a lamely performing Web site.
    Ex: The author deems voice recognition technology to be unimpressive but finds that text-to-speech conversion has greatly improved.
    Ex: This dish, billed as the house specialty, was just an unremarkable griddled steak topped with some green bell peppers and green onions.

    * * *
    mediocre
    * * *

    mediocre adjetivo
    mediocre
    mediocre adjetivo mediocre
    ' mediocre' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    discreta
    - discreto
    - ordinaria
    - ordinario
    - regular
    - flojo
    - mediano
    - pobre
    English:
    goalkeeper
    - indifferent
    - mediocre
    - rate
    - sort
    - lack
    - mediocrity
    - second
    * * *
    mediocre, average
    * * *
    adj mediocre
    * * *
    : mediocre, average

    Spanish-English dictionary > mediocre

  • 9 μᾶλλον

    μᾶλλον (comp. of the adv. μάλα; Hom.+) ‘more, rather’
    to a greater or higher degree, more Phil 1:12. πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν he cried out even more loudly Mk 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον more and more (cp. Diog. L. 9, 10, 2) Phil 1:9; Hs 9, 1, 8. ἐγὼ μᾶλλον I can do so even more Phil 3:4. The thing compared is introduced by ἤ (Apollon. Paradox. 9; Appian, Iber. 90 §392; Lucian, Adv. Ind. 2) Mt 18:13 or stands in the gen. of comparison (X., Mem. 4, 3, 8, Cyr. 3, 3, 45) πάντων ὑμῶν μ. γλώσσαις λαλῶ I (can) speak in tongues more than you all 1 Cor 14:18 (Just., A I, 12, 1 πάντων μᾶλλον ἀνθρώπων).—Abs. μ. can mean to a greater degree (than before), even more, now more than ever Lk 5:15; J 5:18; 19:8; Ac 5:14; 22:2; 2 Cor 7:7. Somet. it is also added to verbs: Σαῦλος μ. ἐνεδυναμοῦτο Ac 9:22.—In combination w. an adj. it takes the place of the comparative (Hom. et al.; Just., D. 107, 2 γενεὰν … μοιχαλίδα μ.; Synes., Ep. 123 p. 259d μ. ἄξιος) μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον Ac 20:35 (s. 3c below). καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον Mk 9:42; cp. 1 Cor 9:15. πολλῷ μ. ἀναγκαῖά ἐστιν they are even more necessary 1 Cor 12:22. πολλὰ τ. τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τ. ἄνδρα the children of the desolate woman are numerous to a higher degree than (the children) of the woman who has a husband = the children are more numerous Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1).—Pleonastically w. words and expressions that already contain the idea ‘more’ (Kühner-G. I 26; OSchwab, Histor. Syntax der griech. Komparation III 1895, 59ff; B-D-F §246; Rob. 278) μ. διαφέρειν τινός Mt 6:26; Lk 12:24. περισσεύειν μᾶλλον 1 Th 4:1, 10; w. a comp. (Trag.; Hdt. 1, 32; X., Cyr. 2, 2, 12; Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 17; 32 [49], 14; Lucian, Gall. 13; Ps.-Lucian, Charid. 6; Just., A I, 19, 1 and D. 121, 2; Synes., Ep. 79 p. 227c; 103 p. 241d) πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον Phil 1:23. μᾶλλον περισσότερον ἐκήρυσσον Mk 7:36. περισσοτέρως μᾶλλον ἐχάρημεν we rejoiced still more 2 Cor 7:13. μ. ἐνδοξότεροι Hs 9, 28, 4. ὅσῳ δοκεῖ μ. μείζων εἶναι the more he seems to be great 1 Cl 48:6b.
    for a better reason, rather, all the more
    rather, sooner (ApcMos 31 ἀνάστα μ., εὖξαι τῷ θεῷ) μ. χρῆσαι (X., Mem. 1, 2, 24) rather take advantage of it (i.e. either freedom or slavery) 1 Cor 7:21 (lit. on χράομαι 1a). The slaves who have Christian masters μᾶλλον δουλευέτωσαν should render them all the better service (so REB, NRSV) 1 Ti 6:2. νῦν πολλῷ μ. ἐν τ. ἀπουσίᾳ μου much more in my absence Phil 2:12. οὐ πολὺ μ. ὑποταγησόμεθα τ. πατρί; should we not much rather submit to the Father? Hb 12:9. τοσούτῳ μ. ὅσῳ all the more, since 10:25.
    more (surely), more (certainly) πόσῳ μ. σοί how much more surely to you Phlm 16. πόσῳ μ. ὑμᾶς … ἐξεγείρει how much more will he raise you up (vivid use of the pres.) AcPlCor 2:31. πολλῷ μ. Ro 5:9 (s. HMüller, Der rabb. Qal-Wachomer Schluss. in paul. Theol., ZNW 58, ’67, 73–92). Very oft. a conditional clause (εἰ) precedes it (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 91 εἰ γὰρ …, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἄν=if …, how much more surely) εἰ τὸν χόρτον ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μ. ὑμᾶς; if God so clothes the grass, (will God) not much more surely (clothe) you? Mt 6:30. Likew. εἰ … πολλῷ μ. Ro 5:10, 15, 17; 2 Cor 3:9, 11; εἰ … πόσῳ μ. if … how much more surely Mt 7:11; 10:25; Lk 11:13; 12:28; Ro 11:12, 24; Hb 9:14. εἰ … πῶς οὐχὶ μ.; if … why should not more surely? 2 Cor 3:8. εἰ … πολὺ μ. ἡμεῖς if … then much more surely we Hb 12:25. εἰ ἄλλοι … οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς; if others (have a claim), do we not more surely (have one)? 1 Cor 9:12 (μ. can also mean above all, especially, e.g. Himerius, Or. 40 [Or. 6], 2).—CMaurer, Der Schluss ‘a minore ad majus’ als Element paul. Theol., TLZ 85, ’60, 149–52.
    marker of an alternative to someth., rather in the sense instead (of someth.)
    following a negative that
    α. is expressed: μὴ εἰσέλθητε. πορεύεσθε δὲ μ. do not enter (into); go instead Mt 10:6. μὴ φοβεῖσθε … φοβεῖσθε δὲ μ. vs. 28; ἵνα μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ, ἰαθῇ δὲ μ. Hb 12:13. μὴ …, μᾶλλον δέ Eph 4:28; 5:11. μὴ or οὐ …, ἀλλὰ μ. (TestBenj 8:3; JosAs 26:2 A [p. 80, 2 Bat.]; ParJer 2:5; Just., A I, 27, 5; Syntipas p. 17, 3; 43, 17) Mt 27:24; Mk 5:26; Ro 14:13; Eph 5:4; AcPt Ox 849, 20.
    β. is unexpressed, though easily supplied fr. the context: πορεύεσθε μ. (do not turn to us), rather go Mt 25:9. ἵνα μ. τὸν Βαραββᾶν that he should (release) Barabbas instead (of Jesus) Mk 15:11. ἥδιστα μᾶλλον καυχήσομαι (I will not pray for release), rather I will gladly boast 2 Cor 12:9. μᾶλλον παρακαλῶ (I do not order), rather I request Phlm 9; τοὐναντίον μ. on the other hand rather 2 Cor 2:7. μᾶλλον αἰσχυνθῶμεν we should be ashamed of ourselves (rather than mistrust Mary of Magdala) GMary Ox 463, 25.
    οὐχὶ μᾶλλον not rather follows a positive statement: ὑμεῖς πεφυσιωμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε; you are puffed up; should you not rather be sad? 1 Cor 5:2. διὰ τί οὐχὶ μ. ἀδικεῖσθε; why do you not rather suffer wrong (instead of doing wrong to others)? 6:7a; cp. 7b.
    μᾶλλον ἤ(περ) usually (exceptions: Ac 20:35 [Unknown Sayings, 77–81: this is not an exception, and renders ‘giving is blessed, not receiving’]; 1 Cor 9:15 [but see s.v. ἦ]; Gal 4:27) excludes fr. consideration the content of the phrase introduced by ἤ (Tat. 13, 3 θεομάχοι μ. ἤπερ θεοσεβεῖς; Appian, Iber. 26 §101 θαρρεῖν θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ πλήθει στρατοῦ=put his trust in God, not in …) ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μ. τὸ σκότος ἢ τὸ φῶς people loved not light, but darkness J 3:19; cp. 12:43. ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μ. ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, not obey God, but you instead Ac 4:19; cp. 5:29.—1 Ti 1:4; 2 Ti 3:4. τῷ ναυκλήρῳ μ. ἐπείθετο ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις he did not pay attention to what Paul said, but to the captain of the ship Ac 27:11. Likew. μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος ἤ he chose the one rather than the other Hb 11:25.
    μᾶλλον δέ but rather, or rather, or simply rather, introduces an expr. or thought that supplements and thereby corrects what has preceded (Aristoph., Plut. 634; X., Cyr. 5, 4, 49; Demosth. 18, 65; Philo, Aet. M. 23; Just., D. 27, 4; 29, 2; Ath. 17, 3 μ. δέ; cp. Ar.; Just., A I, 17, 4 and D. 79, 1 μ. δὲ καί) Χρ. Ἰ. ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγερθείς Chr. J. who died, yes rather was raised Ro 8:34. γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ θεοῦ since you have known God, or rather have been known by God Gal 4:9; cp. 1 Cor 14:1, 5.—Rydbeck 80ff. DELG s.v. μάλα. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μᾶλλον

  • 10 HELDR

    adv. compar.
    1) more, rather;
    heldr en, rather than, more than (vápn þeirra bitu eigi heldr en vendir);
    2) at heldr, any the more;
    also, all the more (at heldr tveimr, at ek mynda gjarna veita yðr öllum);
    at heldr þótt, even although;
    3) rather (nú vartu heldr til skjótr, en ek heldr til seinn);
    var brúðrin döpur heldr, the bride was rather sad;
    4) after a negative, but, on the contrary.
    * * *
    adv. compar.; superl. HELZT; [Goth. haldis; Dan. heller; Swed. hellre, heller: only Scandin., not being found in the Teut. dialects.]
    A. COMPAR.,
    I. more, rather:
    1. with the particle en (an), rather …, than; hann var heldr ljótr an góligr, Eluc. 55; kjós hann heldr til en frá, Bs. i. 480; umbeygilega hljóðs-grein heldr en hvassa, Skálda 182; með margföldu atkvæði heldr en einföldu, Sks. 311; hygg ek at heldr hafi hann helvíti en þessi maðr, Fms. vii. 118; vill hón at honum sé eigi frá vísat … heldr en þeir gefi upp borgina, Fms. i. 157: with a comparative, less than, more than; er þeim sé eigi minni kunnleikr á heldr en nábúum, Grág. ii. 343; bað hann skipa eptir konung-legri miskunn meirr, heldr en eptir hóflausri reiði Amans, Sks. 467.
    2. hvart-heldr …, eða, either …, or; whether …, or …; hvárt sem þat yrði heldr kú ildi eðr vaðmál, Dipl. iv. 13; en nú vitum vér eigi hvárt heldr er, … eða muntú …, now we know not which is the case, whether … or …, Fms. i. 33: eða being understood, Gunnlaugi kveðsk vel líka hvárt at heldr er, G. said he should be well pleased whatsoever was done, Ísl. ii. 267.
    3. at heldr, not merely …, but rather, all the more, or after a negative, any more; at heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, not merely for two, but I would gladly yield it to you all, Nj. 117; ok þótti ekki hans hefnt at heldr, þótt (the more, though) þetta væri at gört, Ísl. ii. 273; en eigi er at heldr hefnt göfugra frænda várra, Fms. viii. 136, Hm. 95; ok at heldr þótt ( even though) þeir væri frjálsir menn, þá væri þeir þó ( yet) óbóta-menn, Eg. 737.
    II. intens. very; systur fríða heldr, a very pretty sister, Hom. 115; heldr hljóðr, heldr fámálugr, Fms. xi. 78; var brúðrin döpr heldr, Nj. 11; þaer vóru málgar ok heldr íllorðar, 66; heldr ertú fámennr, Glúm. 377; tala heldr harðfarliga, Eb. 256; konungr var h. úkátr, Eg. 44; mér er heldr kalt, I am very cold, Orkn. (in a verse); þat mun mál manna, at görð sjá sé heldr skökk, Eg. 738; Þorólfr fýsti heldr uppgöngu, Eg. 242; var þá svá komit deginum, at heldr tók út eyktina, that the hour of eykt was just passing, Fb. i. 192.
    III. but, on the contrary, Germ. aber, vielmehr, esp. after a negative; eru þat ekki engla nöfn? answer, heldr (no, but) kenningar-nöfn, Eluc. 12; eigi mælir hann svá …, heldr ( but), 40:—eigi, … nema enn heldr, but on the contrary, Stj. 409, 412, 428, 442; hann rak eigi erendi bróður síns, heldr bað hann þeirrar konu sér til handa, Fms. vii. 103; at hyggjandi sinni skylit maðr hræsinn vera, heldr gætinn at geði, Hm. 6; ekki er þat, heldr vill faðir þinn, at …, Glúm. 379; láta þeir sér þat eigi einhlítt, heldr hafa þeir tekið …, Ó. H. 32; hæfir þat ekki, … heldr er yðr þat sæmd, at …, Fagrsk. ch. 16; með lítilli gleði, heldr með miklu angri, Barl. 144.
    β. but, Lat. sed, at; Rútr mun ámæla þér í öngu, heldr mun hann biðja at allir geymi þín sem bezt, Nj. 14; eru þeir eigi einir saman í ráða-görð sinni, heldr hafa þeir með sér marga vitra menn, Sks. 313: very freq. in mod. usage, but, þar er hvorki kafald né vetrar-ríki né steypi-regn, heldr …, Od. ix; öngvar hafa þeir ráðs-samkomur eða lög, heldr búa þeir í víðum hellrum, 112; ekki hafa hjarðmenn þar yfirför, eða akryrkju-menn, heldr er eyin ávalt óbygð af mönnum, 123; ekki bjuggu Lótofagar bana-ráð mönnum mínum, heldr …, 92; hann vildi ekki aptr snúa … heldr vildu þeir eptir verða, 95; hann var hið mesta tröll, og ekki menskum manni líkr, heldr skógþöktum tindi hárra fjalla, 191; grát eigi lengr svo ákafliga, freista heldr ( but try) …, Od. iv. 544.
    IV. with adverbs; ekki heldr, neither; ekki allnærri, og ekki h. mjög langt undan landi, Od. ix. 117; né heldr, nor either; ekki er þar heldr umgangr af veiði-mönnum, neither is there …, 120; hvorki gróðr-setja þeir nokkra plantan með höndum sínum né heldr ( neither) plægja jörðina, 108: ekki … auk heldr, not to speak of, still less, far less; hann vill ekki ljá mér það, auk heldr gefa, he will not lend it to me, far less give it: hitt-þó-heldr, rather the contrary! proncd. hitt-ó-heldr! ironically, e. g. tarna er fallegt, hittó-heldr, how fine, or rather the contrary! i. e. what a shame! with adverb. datives, öngu heldr, no more; öllu heldr, miklu heldr, much sooner.
    B. SUPERL.,
    I. soonest; hefi ek þat helzt í hug mér, Nj. 21; kunnu þeir þat helzt at segja til Ástríðar, at …, Fms. i. 68; þeir þykkjask nú helzt menn, Nj. 66: most, nú er þetta fylskni helzt, 133; sem ek veit sannast ok réttast ok helzt at lögum, Grág. i. 75.
    2. freq. in mod. usage, soonest, best, most, Germ. am liebsten, am besten; eg vildi það helzt, það væri helzt reynanda.
    II. with adverbs; einkum helzt, especially; þeir er Guði þjóna einkum helzt, 625. 165; hóti helzt, nökkvi helzt; þeir áttu hóti helzt sér nokkura kosti í fémunum, Ísl. ii. 134; ok þat hefir hann nökkvi helzt, er Búi mælir fyrir honum, Fms. xi. 78; þá hafði nú helzt nökkut munr á fengizt, Edda 32; allra h., above all; allra helzt í lögum, Skálda 162; hvar helzt, wheresoever, Hom.
    III. helzti or hölzti, with an adjective, very much, very, often with the notion of far too; hölzti varr, Fms. viii. 91; hölzti nær oss! 133; hölzti vaskligir, Al. 37; hann létzk við hölzti mikinn hraustleik, 41; ok kvað Guðrúnu hölzti gott at vefja honum at höfði sér, Ld. 188, cp. Fms. ii. 255; helzti fáráðir, Fær. 37; helzti lengi ( far too long) hefir svá farit, Fms. vi. 393; þér sitið heima ok látið vænliga, ok eruð æ hölzti margir, Ld. 216; Þórólfr kvað þræl þann helzti auðgan, Eb. 154; hölzti miklir úgæfu-menn, Nj. 191; hölzti höfum vér verit auðtrygg, Fas. i. 531; þyki mér nú sú ræða helzti löng orðin, Sks. 352; ok er þér hvárr-tveggi helzti góðr, Fms. i. 75; kvað konung hölzti lengi þar hafa kropit um lyng, Hkr. iii. 376.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HELDR

  • 11 geben

    n; -s, kein Pl.
    1. giving; es ist alles ein Geben und Nehmen it’s all a matter of give and take; Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen BIBL. it is more blessed to give than to receive
    2. Kartenspiel: am Geben sein be dealing, be the dealer; er ist am Geben it’s his deal
    * * *
    to hand; to deal; to give
    * * *
    ge|ben ['geːbn] pret gab [gaːp] ptp gegeben [gə'geːbn]
    1. TRANSITIVES VERB
    1) to give; (= reichen) to give, to pass; Schatten, Kühle to provide

    gibs mir!give it to me!, give me it!

    könnten Sie mir die Butter/den Korkenzieher geben? — could you pass me the butter/the corkscrew?

    (von jdm) etw geben lassen — to ask (sb) for sth

    ich gäbe viel darum, zu... — I'd give a lot to...

    jdm einen Tritt gebento give sb a kick; (figinf) to give sb the boot (inf)

    ein gutes Beispiel gebento set a good example

    jdn/etw verloren geben — to give sb/sth up for lost

    2) = Cards to deal

    er hat mir drei Asse und zwei Buben gegebenhe dealt me three aces and two jacks

    3) = gewähren, verleihen to give; Thema, Aufgabe, Problem to set

    einen Elfmeter/einen Freistoß geben — to give a penalty kick/a free kick

    gebe Gott, dass... — God grant that...

    Taktgefühl ist ihm nicht gegebenhe's not over-endowed with tact

    es war ihm nicht gegeben, seine Eltern lebend wiederzusehen — he was not to see his parents alive again

    4) = schicken, übergeben to send; (dial = tun) to put

    in die Post gebento post (Brit), to mail (esp US)

    ein Kind in Pflege gebento put a child in care

    Milch an den Teig geben (dial)to add milk to the dough

    5) = ergeben, erzeugen to produce

    2 + 2 gibt 4 — 2 + 2 makes 4

    ein Pfund gibt fünf Klößea pound will make five dumplings

    das gibt Ärger/Probleme — that will cause trouble/problems

    6) = veranstalten Konzert, Fest to give; Theaterstück etc to do

    am Schillertheater geben sie wieder "Maria Stuart" — they are doing "Maria Stuart" at the Schillertheater again

    was wird heute im Theater gegeben?what's on at the theatre (Brit) or theater (US) today?

    7) = unterrichten to teach

    Englisch/Deutsch geben — to teach English/German

    er gibt Nachhilfeunterricht/Tanzstunden — he gives private tuition/dancing lessons (Brit), he does tutoring/gives dancing lessons

    8) andere Wendungendiams; viel/nicht viel auf etw (acc) geben to set great/little store by sth

    ich gebe nicht viel auf seinen RatI don't think much of his advicediams; etw von sich geben Laut, Worte, Flüche to utter; Meinung to express

    was er gestern von sich gegeben hat, war wieder einmal völlig unverständlich — what he was going on about yesterday was, as ever, completely incomprehensible

    2. INTRANSITIVES VERB

    der links von mir Sitzende gibtthe person sitting on my left deals

    wer gibt?whose deal is it?, whose turn is it to deal?

    2) SPORT = Aufschlag haben to serve
    3. UNPERSÖNLICHES VERB
    diams; es gibt (+sing) there is; (+pl) there are

    darauf gibt es 10% Rabatt — you get 10% discount on it

    wann gibts was zu essen? – es gibt gleich was — when are we going to get something to eat? – it's on its way

    was gibts? — what's the matter?, what is it?

    das gibts nicht, dass ein Vegetarier Metzger wird — it's impossible, a vegetarian wouldn't become a butcher, it's inconceivable that a vegetarian would become a butcher

    so was gibts bei uns nicht! (inf)that's just not on! (inf)

    4. REFLEXIVES VERB
    1) diams; sich geben = nachlassen Regen to ease off; (Schmerzen) to ease, to lessen; (Leidenschaft, Begeisterung) to lessen, to cool; (freches Benehmen) to lessen
    2)

    = aufgeben, ergeben sich gefangen geben — to give oneself up

    See:
    3) = sich erledigen to sort itself out; (= aufhören) to stop

    machen Sie erst mal die dringensten Sachen, der Rest wird sich (von alleine) geben — do the most urgent things first, the rest will sort itself out

    gibt sich das bald! (inf)cut it out! (inf)

    4) = sich benehmen to behave

    sich freundlich geben — to behave in a friendly way, to be friendly

    sich als große Dame geben — to play the great lady

    sich von oben herab geben — to behave condescendingly, to be condescending

    nach außen gab er sich heiter — outwardly he seemed quite cheerful

    sie gibt sich, wie sie ist — she's completely genuine, there's no pretence (Brit) or pretense (US) with her

    * * *
    1) (to give, especially for a particular purpose or regularly: His father allows him too much money.) allow
    2) (to give (something) to someone by hand: I handed him the book; He handed it back to me; I'll go up the ladder, and you can hand the tools up to me.) hand
    3) (the act of dividing cards among players in a card game.) deal
    4) (to distribute (cards).) deal
    5) (to cause to have: My aunt gave me a book for Christmas; Can you give me an opinion on this?) give
    6) (to produce (something): Cows give milk but horses do not; He gave a talk on his travels.) give
    7) (to organize (some event etc): We're giving a party next week.) give
    * * *
    ge·ben
    [ˈge:bn̩]
    1.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    jdm etw \geben to give sb sth, to give sth to sb
    gibst du mir bitte mal das Brot? could you give [or hand] me the bread, please? [or pass]
    ich würde alles darum \geben, ihn noch einmal zu sehen I would give anything to see him again; (beim Kartenspiel) to deal
    du hast mir 3 Joker gegeben you've dealt me 3 jokers
    wer gibt jetzt? whose turn is it to deal?
    2.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    (schenken) to give [as a present]
    3.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    jdm die [o seine] Telefonnummer \geben to give sb one's telephone number
    sich dat etw [von jdm] \geben lassen to ask [sb] for sth
    er ließ sich die Speisekarte \geben he asked for the menu
    4.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    jdm etw \geben to get sb sth; (bezahlen)
    [jdm] etw für etw akk \geben to give [sb] sth for sth
    was darf ich Ihnen \geben? what can I get you?
    darf ich Ihnen sonst noch was \geben? can I get you anything else?
    \geben Sie mir bitte fünf Brötchen I'd like five bread rolls please
    ich gebe Ihnen 500 Euro für das Bild I'll give you [or let you have] 500 euros for the picture
    Preisnachlass/Skonto \geben to give a reduction/cash discount
    5.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    etw gibt jdm etw sth gives [sb] sth
    Schutz/Schatten \geben to give [or provide] protection/shade
    6.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    einen Preis \geben to award a prize
    Titel/Namen \geben to give a title/name
    diese erfreuliche Nachricht gab ihr neue Zuversicht this welcome piece of news gave her new confidence
    der Gedanke an eine Rettung gab uns immer wieder Kraft the thought of being rescued always gave us strength
    7.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    TELEK (telefonisch verbinden)
    jdm jdn \geben to put sb through to sb
    \geben Sie mir bitte Frau Schmidt can I speak to Mrs Smith, please
    8.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    jdm etw \geben to give [or set] sb sth
    eine Aufgabe/ein Problem/ein Thema \geben to set a task/problem/topic
    9.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    etw \geben to give sth
    der Minister wird eine Pressekonferenz \geben the minister will give [or hold] a press conference
    10.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    jd gibt [jdm] etw sb gives [or allows] [sb] sth
    jdm einen Namen \geben to name a person
    jdm ein Interview \geben to grant sb an interview
    jdm eine Verwarnung \geben to give sb a warning; SPORT to book sb
    einen Freistoß \geben FBALL to award a free-kick
    11.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    ein Theaterstück \geben to put on a play
    12.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    ein Fest \geben to give a party
    13.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    etw/jdn irgendwohin \geben akk to send sth/sb somewhere
    sein Auto in [die] Reparatur \geben to have one's car repaired
    sein Kind in ein Internat \geben to send one's child to boarding school
    dürfen wir während unseres Urlaubs unsere Katze zu euch \geben? can you take our cat while we're away?
    14.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    KOCHK (fam: tun)
    etw in etw akk/an etw akk \geben, etw zu etw dat \geben to add sth to sth
    Wein in die Soße \geben to add wine to the sauce
    15.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    etw \geben to produce sth
    sieben mal sieben gibt neunundvierzig seven times seven equals forty-nine, seven sevens are forty-nine
    Rotwein gibt Flecken red wine stains [or leaves stains]
    keinen Sinn \geben that makes no sense
    ein Wort gab das andere one word led to another
    16.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    etw \geben to teach sth
    Nachhilfestunden \geben to give private tuition
    Unterricht \geben to teach
    jdm etw zu tun \geben to give sb sth to do
    17.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    etw von sich dat \geben to utter sth
    er gab wenig Worte von sich he said very little
    18.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    (euph fam: sich erbrechen)
    etw [wieder] von sich dat \geben to throw up [sth], to bring up sth sep [again] euph
    19.
    es jdm \geben (fam) to let sb have it fam
    gib's ihm! let him have it!
    jdm ist etw nicht gegeben sth is not given to sb
    nicht allen ist es gegeben, einem solchen Ereignis beizuwohnen not everybody gets the opportunity to be present at such an event
    es war ihm nicht gegeben, seine Heimatstadt wiederzusehen he was not destined to see his home town again
    nichts auf etw akk \geben to think nothing of sth
    jdm etw zu tun \geben to give sb sth to do
    das wird ihm für die nächsten Monate zu tun geben! that'll keep him busy for the next few months!
    das sollte der Firmenleitung zu denken \geben that should give the company management something to think about!
    viel/nicht viel auf etw akk \geben to set great/not much store by sth
    ich gebe nicht viel auf die Gerüchte I don't pay much attention to rumours
    1.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    KARTEN (austeilen) to deal
    jetzt hast du genug gemischt, gib endlich! you've shuffled enough now, just deal them!
    2.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    SPORT (Aufschlag haben) to serve
    du gibst! it's your serve
    1.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    (gereicht werden)
    es gibt etw there is sth
    hoffentlich gibt es bald was zu essen! I hope there's something to eat soon!
    was gibt es zum Frühstück? what's for breakfast?
    freitags gibt es bei uns immer Fisch we always have fish on Fridays
    2.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    es gibt etw there is sth
    heute gibt es noch Regen it'll rain today
    hat es sonst noch etwas gegeben, als ich weg war? has anything else happened while I was away
    was wird das noch geben? where will it all lead to?
    gleich gibt es was (fam) there's going to be trouble
    3.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    etw/jdn gibt es there's sth/sb
    das gibt's nicht! (fam) no way!, nothing doing!, forget it!
    das gibt es nicht, dass du einfach meinen Wagen nimmst there's no way that you're taking [or using] my car
    ein Bär mit zwei Köpfen? das gibt es nicht! a bear with two heads? there's no such thing!
    das gibt's doch nicht! (fam) that's unbelievable
    so was gibt es bei uns nicht! that's not on [as far as we're concerned]!
    was gibt's? (fam) what's the matter, what's up fam
    was es nicht alles gibt! (fam) well, I'll be damned! fam, stone me! sl, stone the crows BRIT sl
    4.
    da gibt es nichts! (fam) there are no two ways about it
    seine Lieder sind einmalig, da gibt es nichts! there's no doubt about it, his songs are unique
    1.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    etw gibt sich sth eases [off] [or lets up]
    das gibt sich it will sort itself out
    die Kopfschmerzen werden sich \geben your headache will go off
    diese Aufsässigkeit wird sich bald von ganz alleine \geben this rebelliousness will soon die down of its own accord; (sich erledigen) to sort itself out
    manches gibt sich von selbst wieder some things sort themselves out
    das wird sich schon \geben it will all work out [for the best]
    2.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    sich akk als etw \geben to behave in a certain way
    sie gab sich sehr überrascht she acted very surprised
    nach außen gab er sich heiter outwardly he behaved cheerfully
    sie gibt sich, wie sie ist she doesn't try to be anything she isn't
    sich akk von der besten Seite \geben to show one's best side
    3.
    <gibt, gab, gegeben>
    (sich finden, ergeben)
    etw gibt sich sth arises
    es wird sich schon noch eine Gelegenheit \geben there's sure to be another opportunity
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) give; (reichen) give; hand; pass

    geben Sie mir bitte Herrn N. — please put me through to Mr N.

    ich gäbe viel darum, wenn ich das machen könnte — I'd give a lot to be able to do that

    etwas [nicht] aus der Hand geben — [not] let go of something

    geben Sie mir bitte ein Bier — I'll have a beer, please

    Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen(Spr.) it is more blessed to give than to receive (prov.)

    etwas in Druck (Akk.) od. zum Druck geben — send something to press or to be printed; s. auch Pflege

    3) (gewähren) give

    einen Elfmeter geben(Sport) award a penalty

    4) (bieten) give
    5) (versetzen) give <slap, kick, etc.>

    es jemandem geben(ugs.): (jemandem die Meinung sagen) give somebody what for (sl.); (jemanden verprügeln) let somebody have it

    gib [es] ihm! — (ugs.) let him have it!

    6) (erteilen) give
    7) (hervorbringen) give <milk, shade, light>
    8) (veranstalten) give, throw < party>; give, lay on < banquet>; give < dinner party, ball>
    9) (aufführen) give <concert, performance>

    das Theater gibt den ‘Faust’ — the theatre is putting on ‘Faust’

    drei mal drei gibt neun — three threes are nine; three times three is or makes nine

    das gibt [k]einen Sinn — that makes [no] sense

    11) in

    Unsinn/dummes Zeug von sich geben — (abwertend) talk nonsense/rubbish

    keinen Laut/Ton von sich geben — not make a sound

    13) in

    viel/wenig auf etwas (Akk.) geben — set great/little store by something

    14) (hinzugeben) add; put in

    etwas an das Essen gebenadd something to or put something into the food

    15) (ugs.): (erbrechen)

    alles wieder von sich gebenbring or (coll.) sick everything up again

    2.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb; unpers
    1) (vorhanden sein)

    es gibt — there is/are

    das gibt es ja gar nicht — I don't believe it; you're joking (coll.)

    Kommen Sie herein. Was gibt es? — Come in. What's the matter or (coll.) what's up?

    was es nicht alles gibt!(ugs.) what will they think of next?

    da gibt's nichts(ugs.) there's no denying it or no doubt about it

    da gibt's nichts, da würde ich sofort protestieren — there's nothing else for it, I'd protest immediately in that case

    was gibt es zu essen/trinken? — what is there to eat/drink?

    morgen gibt es Schnee/Sturm — it'll snow tomorrow/there'll be a storm tomorrow

    gleich/sonst gibt's was — (ugs.) there'll be trouble in a minute/otherwise

    3.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    1) (Karten austeilen) deal
    2) (Sport): (aufschlagen) serve
    4.
    1)

    sich [natürlich] geben — act or behave [naturally]

    sich nach außen hin gelassen geben — give the appearance of being relaxed

    deine Art, dich zu geben — the way you behave

    das Fieber wird sich geben — his/her etc. temperature will drop

    das gibt sich/wird sich noch geben — it will get better

    * * *
    geben; gibt, gab, hat gegeben
    A. v/t
    1. give (
    jemandem etwas sb sth, sth to sb); (reichen) auch hand; (schenken) auch present (with); (verleihen) auch lend; (Ball etc) (weitergeben) pass;
    etwas nicht aus der Hand geben (nicht hergeben) not let go of sth, not part with sth; fig (Leitung, Verantwortung) refuse to give up sth ( oder relinquish sth);
    jemandem zu trinken/essen geben give sb sth to drink/eat;
    jemandem seine Medizin geben (verabreichen) give sb his ( oder her) medicine;
    was gibst du mir dafür? what will you give me for it?;
    sich (dat)
    etwas geben lassen (bitten um, verlangen) ask for sth;
    jemandem etwas als Pfand/zur Aufbewahrung geben give sb sth as a pledge/for safekeeping;
    geben Sie mir bitte ein Bier/zwei Kilo Äpfel give me ( oder I’d like) a beer/two kilos of apples, please;
    geben Sie mir bitte Herrn Müller am Telefon: I’d like to speak to Mr ( oder Mr.) Müller, please, put me through to Mr ( oder Mr.) Müller, please;
    ich gäbe was drum zu wissen … umg I’d give anything to know …; Druck2, Hand1, Kommission, Pflege etc
    2. (Auskunft, Befehl, Erlaubnis, Hinweis etc) give; (gewähren) auch grant; (bieten) give, offer; (Hoffnung, Mut etc) give, fill sb with;
    jemandem keinen Anlass geben zu (+inf) give sb no cause to (+inf)
    jemandem eine/eine letzte Chance geben give sb a/one last chance;
    er hat noch viel/mir nichts zu geben (bieten) he still has plenty to offer/he has nothing to offer me;
    der Arzt gibt ihm noch zwei Monate (zu leben) fig the doctor gives him two more ( oder another two) months (to live); Antwort, Bescheid, Blöße, Wort etc
    3. (Konzert etc) give; (Theaterstück etc) perform, do umg; (Film) show; (Essen, Party) have, give; (Unterricht, Fach) teach;
    was wird heute Abend gegeben? what’s on tonight?;
    das Stück wurde drei Monate lang gegeben the play ran ( oder was on) for three months
    4. SPORT (Ecke, Elfmeter, Freistoß) give
    5. (Ertrag etc) give, yield;
    Milch geben give ( oder provide) milk
    6. (ergeben) make; (Flecken) make, leave;
    das gibt eine gute Suppe it makes a good soup;
    das gibt keinen Sinn it doesn’t make (any) sense;
    fünf mal sechs gibt dreißig five sixes are thirty, five times six is thirty
    7. (tun, legen, stecken etc) put; (hinzufügen) add;
    Salz in die Suppe geben put salt into ( oder add salt to) the soup
    8.
    von sich geben (Geräusch, Geruch) give off; CHEM emit; (Äußerung) make; (Schrei etc) give; (auch Flüche) let out;
    nichts als Unsinn von sich geben talk nothing but nonsense; Ton1
    9.
    viel geben auf gutes Benehmen etc: set great store by; besonders auf jemanden: think highly ( oder a lot) of;
    wenig/nichts geben auf Konventionen etc: set little/no store by, not bother much/at all about umg; auf jemanden: not think much of;
    ich gebe nichts auf i-e Worte I don’t believe a word she says, I don’t take anything she says seriously
    10. umg:
    es jemandem geben let sb have it, give it to sb;
    gib ihm Saures! give him hell,
    dem hab ich’s aber gegeben! I really let him have it ( oder gave it to him)!;
    gut gegeben! that’s telling him etc!
    B. v/i
    1. give (
    den Armen geben give to the poor;
    gern geben give willingly ( oder gladly)
    2. Kartenspiel: deal;
    wer gibt? whose deal is it?
    3. Tennis: serve
    4. unpers:
    es gibt (existiert, wird angeboten etc) there is, there are;
    es gibt Leute, die … some people …;
    der beste Spieler, den es je gab the best player there ever was;
    es gab viel zu tun there was a lot to do;
    es gab kein Entrinnen there was no escaping;
    was gibt es da noch zu überlegen? what is there still to think about?;
    was gibt es da zu lachen? ärgerlich: what’s funny about that?;
    was gibt’s? what’s up?; (was hast du) what’s the matter?;
    was gibt’s Neues? what’s new?;
    was gibt es zum Mittagessen? what’s for lunch?;
    was es nicht alles gibt! umg you don’t say!;
    das gibt’s nicht! (existert nicht) there’s no such thing; (das darf nicht wahr sein) you’re joking, that can’t be true; verbietend: that’s out;
    das gibt’s nicht - sie ist tatsächlich noch aufgetaucht! umg I don’t ( oder can’t) believe she actually turned up;
    Sachen gibt’s, die gibt’s nicht umg truth is often stranger than fiction, there are more things in heaven and earth (than are dreamed of in your philosophy); ungläubig: would you believe it!;
    gibt’s den denn noch? umg is he still around?;
    da gibt’s nichts! umg (ohne Zweifel) there’s no doubt about that, and no mistake about it; (unter allen Umständen) even if it kills me etc
    5. unpers; zukünftig:
    das gibt Ärger umg there’ll be trouble;
    morgen gibt es Schnee it’s going to snow ( oder there’s going to be snow) tomorrow;
    heute wird’s noch was geben (ein Gewitter) I think we’re in for some bad weather ( oder a storm); (einen Krach) auch there’s trouble brewing ( oder in the air);
    sei ruhig, sonst gibt’s was! umg be quiet, or else!
    C. v/r
    1. (sich benehmen) act, behave; (vorgeben) play, pretend;
    sich natürlich geben act naturally;
    geben play the expert etc, pose as an expert etc
    2. (nachlassen) ease up; (vorübergehen) pass, blow over; Leidenschaft etc: auch cool (down); Schmerzen: let up; völlig: go away; Fieber: go down; (wieder gut werden) come right;
    das gibt sich wieder auch it’ll sort itself out
    3.
    geben give o.s. up to ( oder resign o.s. to) one’s fate etc
    4. Gelegenheit: arise, present itself; gegeben
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) give; (reichen) give; hand; pass

    geben Sie mir bitte Herrn N. — please put me through to Mr N.

    ich gäbe viel darum, wenn ich das machen könnte — I'd give a lot to be able to do that

    etwas [nicht] aus der Hand geben — [not] let go of something

    geben Sie mir bitte ein Bier — I'll have a beer, please

    Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen(Spr.) it is more blessed to give than to receive (prov.)

    etwas in Druck (Akk.) od. zum Druck geben — send something to press or to be printed; s. auch Pflege

    3) (gewähren) give

    einen Elfmeter geben (Sport) award a penalty

    4) (bieten) give
    5) (versetzen) give <slap, kick, etc.>

    es jemandem geben(ugs.): (jemandem die Meinung sagen) give somebody what for (sl.); (jemanden verprügeln) let somebody have it

    gib [es] ihm! — (ugs.) let him have it!

    6) (erteilen) give
    7) (hervorbringen) give <milk, shade, light>
    8) (veranstalten) give, throw < party>; give, lay on < banquet>; give <dinner party, ball>
    9) (aufführen) give <concert, performance>

    das Theater gibt den ‘Faust’ — the theatre is putting on ‘Faust’

    drei mal drei gibt neun — three threes are nine; three times three is or makes nine

    das gibt [k]einen Sinn — that makes [no] sense

    11) in

    Unsinn/dummes Zeug von sich geben — (abwertend) talk nonsense/rubbish

    keinen Laut/Ton von sich geben — not make a sound

    13) in

    viel/wenig auf etwas (Akk.) geben — set great/little store by something

    14) (hinzugeben) add; put in

    etwas an das Essen gebenadd something to or put something into the food

    15) (ugs.): (erbrechen)

    alles wieder von sich gebenbring or (coll.) sick everything up again

    2.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb; unpers

    es gibt — there is/are

    das gibt es ja gar nicht — I don't believe it; you're joking (coll.)

    Kommen Sie herein. Was gibt es? — Come in. What's the matter or (coll.) what's up?

    was es nicht alles gibt!(ugs.) what will they think of next?

    da gibt's nichts(ugs.) there's no denying it or no doubt about it

    da gibt's nichts, da würde ich sofort protestieren — there's nothing else for it, I'd protest immediately in that case

    was gibt es zu essen/trinken? — what is there to eat/drink?

    morgen gibt es Schnee/Sturm — it'll snow tomorrow/there'll be a storm tomorrow

    gleich/sonst gibt's was — (ugs.) there'll be trouble in a minute/otherwise

    3.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    4.
    1)

    sich [natürlich] geben — act or behave [naturally]

    deine Art, dich zu geben — the way you behave

    das Fieber wird sich geben — his/her etc. temperature will drop

    das gibt sich/wird sich noch geben — it will get better

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: gab, gegeben)
    = to deal v.
    to give v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: gave, given)
    to perform v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > geben

  • 12 volo

    1.
    vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;

    also volt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:

    voltis,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;

    so volint,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:

    sis for si vis,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:

    sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With object-infinitive.
    1.
    With pres. inf.
    a.
    To wish.
    (α).
    Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:

    potare ego hodie tecum volo,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:

    ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,

    id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:

    ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:

    natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,

    Lucr. 5, 177:

    video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:

    quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?

    id. ib. 1, 15, 34:

    si innocentes existimari volumus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:

    quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:

    quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,

    id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 23:

    si haec relinquere voltis,

    id. C. 58, 15:

    priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,

    Liv. 3, 53, 7:

    si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,

    id. 21, 21, 5:

    non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,

    id. 2, 59, 2:

    suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,

    Suet. Caes. 85:

    Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
    (β).
    Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:

    neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,

    Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
    b.
    Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:

    in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:

    maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:

    consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,

    Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
    c.
    = in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:

    ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:

    eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:

    puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:

    necare candem voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:

    hostis hostem occidere volui,

    Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;

    volui... ferro interficere (ironically),

    id. 40, 13, 2:

    tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,

    the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:

    non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,

    Quint. 9, 2, 85.—

    Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 24:

    sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:

    cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,

    id. Sen. 1, 2:

    ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:

    at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,

    it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:

    eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,

    his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:

    cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,

    when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:

    si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:

    (plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,

    Liv. 23, 2, 7:

    rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,

    id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:

    ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
    d.
    = studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:

    quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 75:

    nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,

    id. Or. 2, 77, 315:

    de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,

    that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:

    audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?

    do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
    e.
    To mean, of actions and expressions:

    hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,

    the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:

    non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):

    quid aliud volui dicere?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:

    volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:

    adduxi volui dicere,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
    f.
    To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:

    nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,

    id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:

    sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,

    id. Men. 1, 3, 13:

    sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:

    si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,

    Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:

    ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:

    hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
    g.
    To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):

    quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:

    quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:

    si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,

    Liv. 22, 56, 7:

    at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,

    Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:

    P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,

    Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
    h.
    Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:

    sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,

    id. Poen. prol. 50:

    vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,

    id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:

    i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,

    id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:

    illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,

    id. ib. 1, 47, 112:

    ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5:

    visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?

    id. 8, 7, 7:

    volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,

    Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
    k.
    Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):

    uti tamen tuo consilio volui,

    still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
    1.
    To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:

    is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,

    likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:

    hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:

    ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,

    Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:

    plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,

    Suet. Caes. 68:

    dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:

    heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:

    cum alter verum audire non vult,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,

    refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
    m.
    To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;

    si jussus est, necessitati,

    if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:

    utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:

    de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,

    on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:

    laedere numquam velimus,

    Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:

    vivere noluit qui mori non vult,

    who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
    n.
    To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):

    haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,

    in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,

    pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:

    Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,

    id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
    o.
    To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):

    magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,

    that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
    2.
    With pres. inf. understood.
    a.
    Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
    (α).
    To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):

    nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,

    as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:

    proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,

    Lucr. 3, 1090:

    nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:

    tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 81:

    quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,

    id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:

    neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,

    Hor. A. P. 348.—
    (β).
    To choose, be pleased (freq.):

    tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:

    id repetundi copia est, quando velis,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:

    habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31:

    rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:

    provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?

    id. Sest. 39, 84:

    quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,

    Liv. 21, 18, 14:

    senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,

    id. 4, 51, 2:

    saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,

    id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;

    26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,

    Suet. Aug. 66:

    at tu quantum vis tolle,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
    (γ).
    To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):

    sine me pervenire quo volo,

    let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:

    scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,

    as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:

    ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,

    Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
    (δ).
    To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:

    jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:

    patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),

    that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
    (ε).
    To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):

    tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
    b.
    With ellipsis of inf.
    (α).
    Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:

    nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,

    I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:

    volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2:

    hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),

    Tac. A. 12, 42 fin.
    (β).
    With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
    3.
    With perfect infinitive active (rare).
    a.
    In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
    (α).
    In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:

    edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,

    id. 39, 17, 3. —
    (β).
    In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:

    interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:

    oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:

    ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
    b.
    In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:

    sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),

    which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
    c.
    To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
    (α).
    In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
    (β).
    In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,

    an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?

    Pers. 1, 41:

    qui me volet incurvasse querela,

    id. 1, 91.
    B.
    With acc. and inf.
    1.
    To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
    a.
    With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:

    deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:

    emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,

    id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:

    scin' quid nunc te facere volo?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:

    si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:

    consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:

    vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,

    id. Sest. 42, 92:

    nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    hoc te scire volui,

    id. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16:

    ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,

    Liv. 4, 38, 2:

    si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,

    id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    regnari tamen omnes volebant,

    that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:

    mihi volo ignosci,

    I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:

    volt sibi quisque credi,

    Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
    b.
    With the same subject.
    (α).
    With inf. act.:

    quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,

    what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:

    volo me placere Philolachi,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:

    judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,

    Cic. Or. 33, 117:

    vult, credo, se esse carum suis,

    id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
    (β).
    With inf. pass.:

    quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,

    Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:

    qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:

    religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2:

    Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,

    Suet. Calig. 22 fin.
    2.
    Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:

    me absente neminem volo intromitti,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:

    viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:

    pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:

    (deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,

    id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:

    causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:

    quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,

    Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:

    senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:

    quid fieri velit praecipit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 56:

    ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,

    id. ib. 7, 16:

    quid fieri vellet ostendit,

    id. ib. 7, 27:

    quae fieri vellet edocuit,

    id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:

    quid fieri vellet edixit,

    Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:

    sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,

    Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
    3.
    Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:

    Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,

    Plaut. As. prol. 12:

    Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,

    has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:

    primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,

    id. Rud. prol. 33:

    quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,

    meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:

    si non hoc intellegi volumus,

    id. Fat. 18, 41:

    quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:

    quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
    4.
    To resolve:

    Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:

    si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,

    if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:

    senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §

    160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45:

    tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,

    Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
    5.
    To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:

    montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,

    which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,

    id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
    6.
    To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):

    obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,

    they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:

    Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,

    id. 24, 4, 5:

    petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),

    id. 42, 19, 5:

    orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,

    id. 3, 69, 5:

    quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?

    id. 25, 28, 8:

    si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,

    Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:

    cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
    7.
    To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:

    voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,

    Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    (Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,

    Quint. 8, 3, 43:

    vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,

    id. 9, 4, 137:

    si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
    8.
    To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
    (α).
    To imagine, consider:

    est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98:

    si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,

    Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
    (β).
    To be of opinion, to hold:

    vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,

    id. Div. 2, 44, 93:

    vultis evenire omnia fato,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 24:

    alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,

    id. Fat. 19, 45:

    vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,

    id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:

    volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
    (γ).
    To say, assert:

    si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,

    as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:

    sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 23:

    ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:

    Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
    (δ).
    To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:

    unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,

    Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
    (ε).
    To mean, with perf. inf.:

    utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?

    Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:

    quam primum istud, quod esse vis?

    what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:

    ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,

    what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
    9.
    In partic.
    a.
    With things as subjects.
    (α).
    Things personified:

    ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,

    would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:

    cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,

    which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:

    quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?

    what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:

    me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,

    Prop. 1, 6, 25:

    hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,

    id. 1, 6, 30.—
    (β).
    Of laws, to provide:

    duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,

    Cic. Mil. 3, 9:

    lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
    b.
    With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
    (α).
    The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:

    nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,

    id. Or. 1, 59, 253:

    propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,

    id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:

    daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,

    Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
    (β).
    With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:

    aunt qui volum te conventam,

    who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:

    eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,

    if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:

    nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,

    id. Att. 8, 3, 4:

    rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:

    Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,

    Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;

    26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,

    Quint. 8, 3, 21:

    si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,

    Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:

    velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:

    liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:

    obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,

    id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:

    quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,

    Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:

    quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,

    Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:

    volo amori ejus obsecutum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
    c.
    With predic. adj., without copula.
    (α).
    The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):

    si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,

    if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:

    ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,

    id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:

    ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:

    quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:

    irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,

    Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
    (β).
    Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):

    in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),

    when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    volo me patris mei similem,

    I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:

    qui vero se populares volunt,

    who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:

    ut integrum se salvumque velit,

    id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
    d.
    With an inf.-clause understood.
    (α).
    Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:

    stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:

    senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,

    Cic. Mil. 5, 12:

    neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),

    id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
    (β).
    Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:

    deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
    (γ).
    To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):

    acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
    (δ).
    To require, demand (v B. 7.):

    veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,

    Liv. 39, 37, 17;

    and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),

    Hor. A. P. 71.—
    (ε).
    To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):

    ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:

    nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,

    id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
    (ζ).
    With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
    C.
    With ut, ne, or ut ne.
    1.
    With ut.
    a.
    To wish:

    volo ut quod jubebo facias,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:

    quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,

    id. Most. 5, 1, 49:

    ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,

    id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:

    velim ut tibi amicus sit,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:

    quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,

    id. ib. 11, 11, 2:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,

    id. Sull. 1, 1:

    equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:

    his ut sit digna puella volo,

    Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
    b.
    It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):

    at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:

    volo ut mihi respondeas,

    Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;

    12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,

    Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
    c.
    To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:

    id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
    d.
    With other verbs:

    quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:

    quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;

    with opto,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;

    with laboro,

    Liv. 42, 14, 3;

    with aequum censere,

    id. 39, 19, 7.—
    2.
    With ne:

    at ne videas velim,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:

    quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:

    credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,

    intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
    3.
    With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
    D.
    With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
    1.
    To wish:

    ergo animum advortas volo,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:

    volo amet me patrem,

    id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:

    hoc volo agatis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:

    ducas volo hodie uxorem,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:

    quid vis faciam?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:

    volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?

    Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:

    Othonem vincas volo,

    id. ib. 13, 29, 2:

    eas litteras volo habeas,

    id. ib. 13, 32, 3:

    visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:

    volo, inquis, sciat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
    2.
    To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:

    volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,

    id. Brut. 84, 290.—
    3.
    With subj.-clause understood:

    abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
    E.
    With object nouns, etc.
    1.
    With acc. of a thing.
    a.
    With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:

    voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:

    animo male est: aquam velim,

    id. Am. 5, 1, 6:

    quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,

    id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,

    gratiam tuam,

    id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:

    aquam,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 34:

    discidium,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:

    mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,

    I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,

    id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):

    si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:

    pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,

    Liv. 7, 40, 18:

    ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,

    Tac. A. 6, 26:

    cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:

    mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,

    Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
    b.
    Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:

    quorum isti neutrum volunt,

    acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,

    we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:

    restat ut omnes unum velint,

    hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:

    si plura velim,

    if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:

    per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,

    that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:

    ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,

    that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:

    utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,

    which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:

    ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,

    mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:

    quis enim pudor omnia velle?

    to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
    c.
    With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:

    immo faenus: id primum volo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:

    proximum quod sit bono... id volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:

    nisi ea quae tu vis volo,

    unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:

    siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:

    hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,

    who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:

    privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 124:

    quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 5:

    pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,

    id. ib. 27, 2:

    nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,

    Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:

    hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),

    Verg. A. 2, 104:

    hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),

    Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
    d.
    With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:

    eloquere quid velis,

    id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:

    sed plane quid velit nescio,

    what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,

    to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:

    quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?

    what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,

    we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:

    capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,

    what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:

    sed tamen intellego quid velit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:

    quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:

    hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,

    Ov. H. 11, 96.—
    e.
    With rel. pron.:

    quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:

    ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,

    that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:

    illi quae volo concedere,

    to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:

    si illud quod volumus dicitur,

    what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:

    quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,

    Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:

    quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,

    id. Marcell. 1, 1:

    uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,

    to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:

    sed quod volebant non... expediebant,

    their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:

    illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,

    Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:

    bis sumpsit quod voluit,

    he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:

    cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,

    whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:

    Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,

    whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
    f.
    With indef. pronn.
    (α).
    Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:

    eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin.
    (β).
    Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:

    ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:

    nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
    (γ).
    Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:

    visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:

    numquid vis aliud?

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:

    numquid vellem rogavit,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:

    frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,

    Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
    2.
    With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
    (α).
    To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):

    Demenaetum volebam,

    I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:

    bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:

    solus te solum volo,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:

    quia non est intus quem ego volo,

    id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:

    hae oves volunt vos,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:

    quis me volt? Perii, pater est,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:

    centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):

    volo te verbis pauculis,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:

    sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:

    Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):

    hanc volo (= amo),

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:

    sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 38:

    quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:

    aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,

    Lucr. 4, 1152:

    quam volui nota fit arte mea,

    Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
    (γ).
    To wish to have:

    roga, velitne an non uxorem,

    whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),

    Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—

    With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,

    that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
    3.
    With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;

    not in Cic.): numquid me vis?

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:

    face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:

    num quidpiam me vis aliud?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:

    nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,

    id. As. 1, 1, 74:

    narrabit ultro quid sese velis,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:

    quid me voluisti?

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:

    numquid aliud me vis?

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:

    quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,

    id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:

    si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 34:

    cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):

    paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    4.
    With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;

    rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:

    si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:

    praesidium velle se senectuti suae,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 44:

    nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,

    Tac. A. 12, 11:

    cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,

    to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
    a.
    Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):

    quid aliud tibi vis?

    what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:

    haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,

    be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
    b.
    What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
    (α).
    In 1 st pers. (rare):

    nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,

    and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:

    quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    In 2 d pers.:

    quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,

    what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:

    quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?

    id. ib. 4, 7, 34:

    quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?

    what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:

    quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?

    id. ib. 5, 6, 6:

    quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?

    id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:

    roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:

    pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?

    Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
    (γ).
    In 3 d pers.:

    quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:

    quid hic volt veterator sibi?

    id. ib. 2, 6, 26:

    proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?

    Cic. Dom. 11, 29:

    quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:

    conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),

    Liv. 3, 35, 5:

    qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,

    id. 3, 50, 15:

    quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
    (δ).
    Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:

    ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,

    id. Eun. prol. 45:

    quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:

    quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §

    186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,

    what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:

    quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?

    Liv. 40, 12, 14:

    tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?

    Ov. M. 9, 473.—
    5.
    Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:

    jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:

    ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,

    id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:

    egone illi ut non bene vellem?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:

    quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:

    atque isti etiam parum male volo,

    id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:

    utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:

    non sibi male vult,

    he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:

    nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:

    illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,

    id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
    6.
    With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
    (α).
    With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:

    repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,

    that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:

    accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,

    id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
    (β).
    Without omnia:

    per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:

    sed et Phameae causa volebam,

    id. ib. 13, 49, 1:

    etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,

    id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:

    valde enim ejus causa volo,

    id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:

    illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 6;

    12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,

    id. ib. 7, 17, 2:

    regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1:

    credo tua causa velle Lentulum,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
    7.
    With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:

    meus vir veniat velim),

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:

    nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,

    id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:

    nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:

    saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,

    id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
    F.
    Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:

    quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,

    I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:

    quis est cui velle non liceat?

    who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:

    in magnis et voluisse sat est,

    Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:

    tarde velle nolentis est,

    slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:

    quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,

    the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:

    sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,

    that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,

    his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,

    Mart. 5, 83, 2:

    velle suum cuique est,

    each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
    1.
    In imperative sentences.
    a.
    In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:

    nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,

    do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:

    nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,

    id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:

    noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,

    Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
    b.
    Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:

    neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),

    Ov. H. 1, 80.—
    c.
    In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;

    rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),

    Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:

    di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),

    id. P. 1, 7, 8:

    credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),

    Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
    d.
    In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:

    aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),

    Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:

    monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,

    id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:

    et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):

    legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:

    a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),

    id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:

    utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),

    id. Att. 11, 7, 7:

    cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),

    Verg. A. 11, 153:

    edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:

    non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:

    si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:

    si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),

    if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:

    si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),

    id. Fat. 14, 32:

    dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;

    so,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:

    qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:

    conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,

    if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:

    quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:

    ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;

    Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:

    ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3:

    quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:

    nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
    3.
    In declarative sentences.
    a.
    Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):

    vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:

    justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,

    id. Am. prol. 33:

    illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 8:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:

    illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,

    Liv. 1, 23, 8:

    quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:

    esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
    b.
    With pres. inf.:

    propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:

    sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
    c.
    With perf. act. inf.:

    pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
    d.
    In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:

    eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:

    si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §

    114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),

    Liv. 9, 7, 11:

    talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),

    Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:

    utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),

    id. 4, 7, ext. 2:

    sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
    B.
    Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
    1.
    With verb in the second person.
    a.
    With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
    (α).
    As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:

    ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:

    eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,

    Cic. Att. 12, 53:

    eum salvere jubeas velim,

    id. ib. 7, 7, 7:

    velim me facias certiorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 9:

    tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 4:

    velim mihi ignoscas,

    id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:

    tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,

    id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:

    haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,

    Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:

    Musa velim memores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
    (β).
    Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):

    vera dicas velim,

    I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:

    quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:

    ipse velim poenas experiare meas,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;

    so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
    b.
    With infinitive clause.
    (α).
    With the force of a modest imperative:

    sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,

    Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):

    itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
    (β).
    As a mere wish:

    velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:

    primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:

    hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,

    Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    With ut (rare):

    de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
    d.
    With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
    2.
    With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
    a.
    With pres. subj.:

    ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:

    de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:

    velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,

    Liv. 23, 12, 15:

    sint haec vera velim,

    Verg. Cir. 306:

    nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,

    Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:

    tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,

    Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:

    velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
    b.
    With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):

    nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause:

    ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:

    velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;

    deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,

    Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:

    moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:

    nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,

    Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
    3.
    With verb in the first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres. (so most freq.):

    atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:

    velim scire ecquid de te recordere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:

    quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,

    id. Att. 11, 9, 3:

    nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,

    id. Sen. 23, 83:

    sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,

    Liv. 23, 12, 7:

    interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,

    Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
    b.
    With acc. and inf.:

    quod velis, modo id velim me scire,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:

    ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,

    Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
    c.
    With subj. pres.:

    eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
    4.
    Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:

    aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:

    velim, si fieri possit,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:

    si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    si possim, velim,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:

    nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,

    Cic. Brut. 83, 287:

    si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
    5.
    The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
    a.
    Velis.
    (α).
    Imperatively = cupito:

    quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:

    atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,

    Verg. Cir. 331.—
    (β).
    Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
    (γ).
    Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
    b.
    Velit.
    (α).
    Modestly for vult:

    te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:

    ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?

    Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
    (β).
    = imperative of third person:

    arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,

    Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    Velimus.
    (α).
    In the optative sense of velim:

    sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
    (β).
    With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
    d.
    Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):

    novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,

    Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:

    rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 10, 2:

    velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,

    id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:

    velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,

    Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:

    rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,

    Liv. 31, 6, 1:

    vellent juberentne se regnare,

    id. 1, 46, 1; cf.

    in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,

    id. 26, 33, 14.—
    e.
    Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
    C.
    Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:

    de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:

    quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
    1.
    With verb in first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:

    videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:

    vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 68, 9:

    quam fieri vellem meus libellus!

    Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:

    nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:

    tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:

    maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),

    Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
    b.
    With perf. inf., I wish I had:

    abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,

    I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:

    maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:

    quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 10:

    non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:

    ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,

    Verg. A. 11, 303. —
    c.
    With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    virum me natam vellem,

    would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
    d.
    With subj. imperf. (rare):

    quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
    2.
    The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
    a.
    With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):

    hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,

    I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:

    quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,

    I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
    b.
    With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:

    vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:

    quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,

    id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    id. Att. 10, 6, 2:

    quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,

    id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
    c.
    With ne and pluperf. subj.:

    tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
    d.
    With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
    3.
    With verb in third person.
    a.
    With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:

    vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1:

    vellem adesse posset Panaetius,

    id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:

    vellem hoc esset laborare,

    id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 7:

    vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,

    id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:

    quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!

    Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause.
    (α).
    With inf. pres., I wish he were:

    quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!

    Cic. Clu. 70, 198:

    nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,

    Ov. F. 2, 120.—
    (β).
    With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:

    quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—

    With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),

    Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
    d.
    With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
    4.
    With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:

    aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,

    Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
    5.
    In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
    a.
    Velles.
    (α).
    In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
    (β).
    Of an indefinite subject:

    velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
    b.
    Vellet.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;

    sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,

    Ov. M. 3, 247.—
    (β).
    Conditionally:

    quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?

    Ov. H. 12, 146.—
    c.
    Vellent.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem:

    quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!

    Verg. A. 6, 436.—
    (β).
    Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
    D.
    Volam and voluero.
    1.
    In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;

    si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,

    Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
    2.
    Volam in principal sentences.
    (α).
    = Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:

    et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,

    I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
    (β).
    Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
    3.
    In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:

    quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?

    otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:

    tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,

    then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    decedes cum voles,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 2:

    qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?

    those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:

    quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:

    invenies, vere si reperire voles,

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:

    quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,

    who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
    E.
    Si vis, parenthetically.
    1.
    If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):

    paulum opperirier, Si vis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:

    audi, si vis, nunc jam,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:

    dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
    2.
    If you wish, choose, insist upon it:

    hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:

    addam, si vis, animi, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 27, 89:

    concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
    F.
    Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
    1.
    3 d pers. sing.:

    quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),

    however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,

    id. Div. 1, 26, 56:

    quam volet jocetur,

    id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
    2.
    1 st pers. plur.:

    quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
    3.
    2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;

    but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,

    as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
    4.
    3 d pers. plur.:

    quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:

    quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,

    id. Cael. 28, 67;

    but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,

    as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
    G.
    Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):

    quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:

    malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,

    Liv. 3, 68, 11:

    famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?

    id. 25, 29, 6.
    H.
    With magis and maxime.
    1.
    Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
    2.
    With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):

    quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,

    wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 1, 1:

    caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,

    which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:

    tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,

    above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:

    alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,

    as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:

    si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,

    in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
    K.
    In disjunctive co - ordination.
    1.
    With sive... sive:

    tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,

    whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:

    itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,

    Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
    2.
    Without connectives.
    a.
    Vis tu... vis:

    congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?

    Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
    b.
    Velim nolim.
    (α).
    Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:

    velit nolit scire, difficile est,

    it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
    (β).
    = seu velim seu nolim:

    ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,

    whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:

    mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:

    hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,

    id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:

    velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,

    id. Ep. 117, 4:

    praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,

    Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
    A.
    As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
    1.
    Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;

    rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),

    Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:

    nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),

    id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:

    Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,

    id. 15, 16, 3:

    scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,

    Dig. 40, 4, 61:

    si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,

    ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
    2.
    Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):

    ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,

    except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,

    Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,

    with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:

    ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,

    since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
    B.
    As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
    1.
    Attributively.
    a.
    In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:

    cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:

    virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,

    Sall. J. 14, 19.—
    b.
    Volenti animo.
    (α).
    = cupide, eagerly:

    Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,

    Sall. J. 73, 3. —
    (β).
    On purpose, intentionally:

    consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,

    Verg. A. 7, 216.—
    2.
    Predicatively.
    a.
    Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
    (α).
    Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):

    (hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,

    Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:

    quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,

    Sall. J. 76, 6:

    quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,

    Liv. 21, 39, 4:

    si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,

    id. 24, 37, 7:

    quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,

    id. 7, 40, 13:

    itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,

    id. 22, 27, 9:

    (virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,

    id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:

    volens vos Turnus adoro,

    Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;

    12, 833: date vina volentes,

    id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
    (β).
    Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:

    precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,

    Liv. 24, 21, 10:

    precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,

    id. 29, 14, 13:

    in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,

    id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:

    agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:

    omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,

    with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,

    Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
    b.
    Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:

    quod nobis volentibus facile continget,

    if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:

    is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,

    to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:

    gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,

    to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:

    me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,

    Verg. A. 8, 133:

    saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,

    administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
    c.
    In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;

    rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,

    that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:

    quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,

    id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:

    grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,

    that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:

    quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:

    si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,

    Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:

    si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,

    id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init.
    3.
    As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
    a.
    vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
    (α).
    One who wishes:

    nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,

    Liv. 22, 22, 11:

    consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,

    Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:

    quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    discere meliora volentibus promptum est,

    i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:

    nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,

    to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:

    mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,

    Suet. Tib. 61.—
    (β).
    One who intends, is about:

    juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,

    i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:

    si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,

    one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
    (γ).
    One who is willing:

    non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,

    unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
    (δ).
    One who consents:

    tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,

    to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:

    quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,

    peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:

    si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,

    if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:

    nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,

    ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
    (ε).
    One who does a thing voluntarily:

    pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,

    the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:

    parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),

    Ov. M. 2, 128.—
    (ζ).
    Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:

    hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,

    and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
    b.
    In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:

    Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,

    that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:

    haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,

    Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:

    iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,

    id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
    2.
    vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
    I.
    Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):

    aves,

    Lucr. 6, 742:

    accipitres,

    id. 4, 1010:

    corvi,

    id. 2, 822:

    altam supra volat ardea nubem,

    Verg. G. 1, 364:

    volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,

    id. A. 1, 300:

    columbae venere volantes,

    id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:

    apes,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:

    volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:

    sine pennis volare haud facile est,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
    2.
    P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
    II.
    Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:

    i sane... vola curriculo,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:

    per summa levis volat aequora curru,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,

    id. ib. 12, 650:

    illa (Argo) volat,

    Ov. H. 6, 66:

    currus,

    Verg. G. 3, 181:

    axis,

    id. ib. 3, 107:

    nubes,

    Lucr. 5, 254:

    fulmina,

    id. 2, 213:

    tempestates,

    id. 6, 612:

    telum,

    id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:

    litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:

    volat aetas,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    hora,

    Sen. Hippol. 1141:

    fama,

    Verg. A. 3, 121:

    et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:

    ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,

    Val. Fl. 4, 407.
    3.
    vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):

    volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,

    Paul. Diac. p. 370:

    volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,

    Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:

    vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,

    Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo

  • 13 can

    "1. soul. 2. life. 3. person, individual. 4. energy, zeal, vigor; vitality, strength. 5. dervish orders brother, friend; disciple. 6. dear, lovable. -ım 1. darling, honey, my dear. 2. my dear fellow; my dear lady (often used in reproach or objection). 3. precious, lovely. -ı acımak to feel pain. -ına acımamak to live without thinking of one´s own comfort. - acısı acute pain. -ını acıtmak /ın/ to cause (someone) acute pain. -ı ağzına gelmek to be frightened to death. - alacak nokta/yer the crucial point. - alıp can vermek to be in agony; to be in great distress. -ını almak /ın/ to kill. - arkadaşı close companion, intimate friend. - atmak /a/ to desire strongly, want badly. -ını bağışlamak /ın/ to spare (someone´s) life. - baş üstüne! I´ll do it gladly!/Gladly! -la başla çalışmak to put one´s heart into a job, work with determination and enthusiasm. - benim canım, çıksın elin canı. colloq. I´ll look out for number one. - beslemek to feed oneself well. -ından bezmek/bıkmak/usanmak to be tired of living. - boğazdan gelir/geçer. proverb One cannot live without food. - borcunu ödemek to die. -ı burnuna gelmek 1. to be overwhelmed with trouble. 2. to be fed up. -ı burnunda olmak to be worn out, be exhausted. - cana, baş başa everyone for himself. -a can katmak to delight greatly, increase one´s pleasure. -ı cehenneme! To hell with him! -ını cehenneme göndermek /ın/ colloq. to kill. -ım ciğerim my darling. - çabası the struggle to support oneself. -ı çekilmek to feel exhausted. - çekişmek to be dying in agony. -ı/gönlü çekmek /ı/ to long (for). -ını çıkarmak /ın/ 1. to wear out, tire. 2. to wear (something) out. -ı çıkasıca/çıksın! May the devil take him! -ı çıkmak 1. to die. 2. to get very tired. 3. to get worn out. - çıkmayınca/çıkmadıkça/çıkar huy çıkmaz. proverb People never change. - damarı vital point, most sensitive spot. - damarına basmak /ın/ to touch on the most sensitive spot of (someone, something). -ını (bir yere) dar atmak just barely to make it to (a safe place). - dayanmamak /a/ to be intolerable. -ına değmek /ın/ 1. to please greatly. 2. to cause joy to the spirit (of a deceased person). - derdine düşmek to struggle for one´s life. “-ım” dese “canın çıksın” diyor sanmak to hear “darling” and understand “damn you.” - direği sound post (of a violin). -ını dişine takmak to make a great effort, put one´s back into it, go all out, give it one´s all. - dostu dear friend. -ına düşkün (one) who takes good care of himself. - düşmanı mortal enemy. - evi 1. the upper part of the belly. 2. heart. 3. the vital spot. - evinden vurmak /ı/ to attack (a person) where he is most sensitive and vulnerable. -ına ezan okumak /ın/ slang to kill, destroy. - feda! Wonderful!/Superb! -dan geçmek to give up the ghost. -ına geçmek/ işlemek/kâr etmek /ın/ to touch (someone) to the quick. - gelmek /a/ to be refreshed, revive. -ı gelip gitmek to have fainting spells. -ı gitmek to worry about the safety and well-being of someone or something. - halatı naut. life line. - havliyle in a desperate attempt to save one´s life. -ımın içi my darling. -ının içine sokacağı gelmek /ı/ to feel a strong wave of love (for). -ı ile oynamak to do dangerous things. -ı istemek /ı/ to desire. -ın isterse. If you like./I don´t care. - kalmamak /da/ to have all the life drained out (of). -a kasıt law intent to murder. -ına kastetmek /ın/ to plot against (someone´s) life. - kaygısına düşmek to fight for one´s life. -ına kıymak 1. /ın/ to kill without pity. 2. to commit suicide. 3. to wear oneself out. - korkusu fear of death. - kulağı ile dinlemek to be all ears; /ı/ to listen intently (to). - kurban! colloq. How wonderful! -ını kurtarmak 1. to save one´s life. 2. /ın/ to save (someone´s) life. - kurtaran yok mu! Help!/Save me! -ına/-ıma minnet! colloq. What more could one want!/So much the better! -ına okumak /ın/ 1. to harass. 2. to destroy, ruin. - pahasına at the risk of one´s life, a

    Saja Türkçe - İngilizce Sözlük > can

  • 14 was

    I Interrog. Pron. what (auch umg. für wie bitte?); was für ( ein) ...? what sort of...?; was für Länder kennst du schon? which countries have you already been to?; was für eine Farbe hat...? what colo(u)r is...?; was ist sein Vater? what does his father do?; was willst du werden? what do you want to be?; was willst du überhaupt? what do you actually want?; was kostet das? how much is it?, what ( oder how much) does it cost?; was haben Sie an Wein etc.? what have you got in the way of wine etc.?; was ist denn? umg. what’s the matter?, what’s wrong?; was noch? what else?; was dann? and then what?; um was handelt es sich? umg. what’s it (all) about?; auf was wartest du? umg. what are you waiting for?; an was denkst du? umg. what are you thinking about?; was (warum) muss er lügen? umg. why does he have to lie?; was weiß ich! umg. how should I know?, search me; und was nicht alles umg. and all that; das tut weh, was? umg. it hurts, doesn’t it?; es zählt das Was, nicht das Wie it doesn’t matter how you do it, just get it done; machen I, nun I 1, sollen2 2 etc.
    II Interj.: was, du rauchst nicht mehr? umg. what, you don’t smoke any more?; was für ein Unsinn / Krach etc.! what nonsense etc. / what a noise etc.; was für ein Wetter! what weather!; was haben wir gelacht! umg. what a laugh we had; was ist das doch schwierig this is so hard; ach I 5
    III Rel. Pron. (das was) what; (welches) that, which; den Inhalt des vorhergehenden Satzes aufnehmend: which; das war alles, was er mir erzählte that was all (that) he told me; alles, was er weiß everything (that) he knows; ..., was ihn völlig kalt ließ... which left him cold; was auch immer whatever (auch am Satzende), no matter what; was ihn betrifft as for him, as far as he’s concerned; was ich noch sagen wollte... the other thing I wanted to say...
    IV unbest. Pron. umg. (etwas) something; ich sehe was, was du nicht siehst I spy with my little eye; weißt du schon was? have you heard anything?; ist was? what’s up?, is anything the matter?; was Schlechtes / Gutes / noch etc. something bad / good / else etc.; was Neues? any news?, anything new?; das ist was anderes that’s different; und nun zu ganz was anderem! and now for something completely different!; eine Palme oder so was ( Ähnliches) a palm tree or something like that ( oder something similar); na, so was! bes. iro. well I never!; was du nicht sagst! you don’t say!; hat man so was schon gesehen? have you ever seen anything like it?; so was von blöd! stupid or what?, how stupid can you get?; das war vielleicht was! that was really something!; da war doch was there was something there; ich will dir mal was sagen I’ll tell you something; bes. drohend: I’ll tell you what; schäm dich was! you ought to be ashamed of yourself; siehe auch so I 7, wissen
    * * *
    whatsoever (Pron.); whatever (Pron.); what (Pron.)
    * * *
    wạs [vas]
    1. interrog pron
    1) what; (= wie viel) how much, what

    was kostet das? — how much is that?, what does or how much does that cost?

    was ist or gibts? — what is it?, what's up?

    was ist, kommst du mit? — well, are you coming?

    sie kommt nicht – was? — she's not coming – what?

    was hast du denn?, was ist denn los? — what's the matter (with you)?, what's wrong?

    was denn? (ungehalten) — what (is it)?; (um Vorschlag bittend) but what?

    was denn, bist du schon fertig? — what, are you finished already?

    das ist gut, was? (inf) — that's good, isn't it?

    2) (inf = warum) why, what... for

    was lachst du denn so? — what are you laughing for?, why are you laughing?

    3)

    was für... — what sort or kind of...

    2. rel pron
    (auf ganzen Satz bezogen) which

    das, was... — that which..., what...

    ich weiß, was ich/er tun soll — I know what I should do or what to do/what he should do

    das ist etwas, was ich nicht verstehe — that is something (which) I don't understand

    alles, was... — everything or all (that)...

    das Beste/Schönste/wenige/Einzige, was ich... — the best/prettiest/little/only thing (that) I...

    schreib/iss etc was du kannst (inf) — write/eat etc what you can

    lauf, was du kannst! (inf)run as fast as you can!

    3. indef pron (inf) abbr
    something; (fragend, bedingend auch, verneint) anything; (unbestimmter Teil einer Menge) some, any

    (na,) so was! — well I never!

    See:
    → auch etwas, sehen
    * * *
    1) (used in questions etc when asking someone to point out, state etc one or more persons, things etc: What street is this?; What's your name/address / telephone number?; What time is it?; What (kind of) bird is that?; What is he reading?; What did you say?; What is this cake made of?; `What do you want to be when you grow up?' `A doctor.'; Tell me what you mean; I asked him what clothes I should wear.) what
    2) (( also adverb) used in exclamations of surprise, anger etc: What clothes she wears!; What a fool he is!; What naughty children they are!; What a silly book this is!) what
    3) (the thing(s) that: Did you find what you wanted?; These tools are just what I need for this job; What that child needs is a good spanking!) what
    4) (( also relative adjective) any (things or amount) that; whatever: I'll lend you what clothes you need; Please lend me what you can.) what
    5) ((also what ever) used in questions or exclamations to express surprise etc: Whatever will he say when he hears this?) what
    * * *
    [vas]
    \was macht er beruflich? what's his job?
    \was kann ich dir anbieten? what can I offer you?
    für \was brauchst du es? what do you need it for?
    mit \was beschäftigt Max sich? how does Max occupy his time?
    was \was alles weiß! what a lot Peter knows!
    2. (fam: welch)
    \was für ein(e)... what sort [or kind] of
    \was für ein Auto hat sie?, \was hat sie für ein Auto? what kind of car has she got?
    \was war das für eine Anstrengung! that really was an effort!, what an effort that was!
    \was für ein Glück! what a stroke of luck!
    \was für ein Wahnsinn! what madness!
    \was für ein schöner Garten! what a lovely garden!
    und \was für ein Garten! and what a garden!
    \was für eine sie ist, das weiß ich auch nicht I don't know either what sort of a person she is
    \was ist [o gibt's]? what's up?
    was \was, kommst du mit? well, are you coming?
    \was hast du denn?, \was ist denn [los]? what's the matter?, what's wrong?
    \was denn, du bist schon fertig? what, are you finished already?
    \was denn, du willst doch nicht schon gehen? you're not going already, are you?
    ach \was! oh, come on!, of course not!
    \was lachst du denn so? what are you laughing for?, why are you laughing?
    4. (wie viel) what, how much
    \was kostet das? what [or how much] does that cost?
    5. (wie sehr) how
    \was habe ich gelacht! how I laughed!
    \was ist das doch kompliziert! it's really complicated!
    6. (fam: nicht wahr) isn't it/doesn't it/aren't you
    das ist gut, \was? that's good, isn't it?, not bad, eh? fam
    1. (welches) what
    ich weiß, \was ich tun muss I know what I have to do
    \was mich betrifft, [so]... as far as I'm concerned...
    das, \was that which form, what
    das ist etwas, \was ich nicht tun werde that is something [which] I won't do
    das ist das Beste, \was du tun kannst that's the best thing you can do
    das Einzige, \was ich Ihnen sagen kann, ist, dass er morgen kommt the only thing I can tell you is that he's coming tomorrow
    das Wenige, \was ich besitze, will ich gerne mit dir teilen the little that I possess I will gladly share with you
    sie hat zugestimmt, \was mich gefreut hat he agreed, which pleased me
    es hat auf der Fahrt geregnet, \was mich aber nicht gestört hat it rained during the journey, but that didn't bother me
    3. (fam: wer)
    \was ein ganzer Kerl ist, der stellt sich einem Kampf anyone worth his salt will put up a fight
    4. DIAL (derjenige, diejenige)
    \was unsere Mutter ist, die sagt immer... our mother always says...
    5. DIAL (der, die, das)
    der Peter, \was unser Jüngster ist... Peter, who is our youngest...
    III. pron indef (fam)
    1. (etwas) something; (in Fragen, Verneinungen) anything
    sie hat kaum \was gesagt she hardly said anything [or a thing]
    kann ich dir \was zu trinken anbieten? can I offer you a drink?
    kann ich \was helfen? can I give you a hand?
    das will \was heißen that really means something
    iss nur, es ist \was ganz Leckeres! just eat it, it's something really tasty!
    so \was something like that, such a thing
    so \was könnte dir nicht passieren nothing like that could happen to you
    so \was Ärgerliches/Dummes! how annoying/stupid!
    so \was von Dummheit such stupidity
    [na,] so \was! really?
    nein, so \was! you don't say!
    sie ist so \was wie ne Architektin she's an architect or something of the sort
    2. (irgendetwas) anything
    ist \was? is anything wrong?, is something the matter?
    ob er \was gemerkt hat? I wonder if he noticed anything?
    fällt Ihnen an dem Bild \was auf? does anything strike you about the picture?
    gibt's \was Neues? is there any news?
    haben die \was miteinander? is there something between them?
    aus ihr wird mal \was werden she'll make something of herself
    aus ihm wird nie \was werden he'll never come to anything
    gib Bescheid, wenn ich \was für dich tun kann! let me know when I can do something for you
    3. (fam: Teil einer Menge) some
    ich will auch \was I want some too
    4. DIAL (ein wenig) a little, a bit
    möchtest du noch \was Kaffee? would you like some more coffee?
    sprich bitte \was lauter! could you speak a little louder, please?
    * * *
    A. int pr what (auch umg für
    wie bitte?);
    was für (ein) …? what sort of …?;
    was für Länder kennst du schon? which countries have you already been to?;
    was für eine Farbe hat …? what colo(u)r is …?;
    was ist sein Vater? what does his father do?;
    was willst du werden? what do you want to be?;
    was willst du überhaupt? what do you actually want?;
    was kostet das? how much is it?, what ( oder how much) does it cost?;
    was haben Sie an Wein etc? what have you got in the way of wine etc?;
    was ist denn? umg what’s the matter?, what’s wrong?;
    was noch? what else?;
    was dann? and then what?;
    um was handelt es sich? umg what’s it (all) about?;
    auf was wartest du? umg what are you waiting for?;
    an was denkst du? umg what are you thinking about?;
    muss er lügen? umg why does he have to lie?;
    was weiß ich! umg how should I know?, search me;
    und was nicht alles umg and all that;
    das tut weh, was? umg it hurts, doesn’t it?;
    es zählt das Was, nicht das Wie it doesn’t matter how you do it, just get it done; machen A, nun A 1, sollen2 2 etc
    B. int:
    was, du rauchst nicht mehr? umg what, you don’t smoke any more?;
    was für ein Unsinn/Krach etc! what nonsense etc/what a noise etc;
    was für ein Wetter! what weather!;
    was haben wir gelacht! umg what a laugh we had;
    was ist das doch schwierig this is so hard; ach A 5
    C. rel pr (das was) what; (welches) that, which; den Inhalt des vorhergehenden Satzes aufnehmend: which;
    das war alles, was er mir erzählte that was all (that) he told me;
    alles, was er weiß everything (that) he knows;
    …, was ihn völlig kalt ließ … which left him cold;
    was auch immer whatever (auch am Satzende), no matter what;
    was ihn betrifft as for him, as far as he’s concerned;
    was ich noch sagen wollte … the other thing I wanted to say …
    D. indef pr umg (etwas) something;
    ich sehe was, was du nicht siehst I spy with my little eye;
    weißt du schon was? have you heard anything?;
    ist was? what’s up?, is anything the matter?;
    was Schlechtes/Gutes/noch etc something bad/good/else etc;
    was Neues? any news?, anything new?;
    das ist was anderes that’s different;
    und nun zu ganz was anderem! and now for something completely different!;
    eine Palme oder so was (Ähnliches) a palm tree or something like that ( oder something similar);
    na, so was! besonders iron well I never!;
    was du nicht sagst! you don’t say!;
    hat man so was schon gesehen? have you ever seen anything like it?;
    so was von blöd! stupid or what?, how stupid can you get?;
    das war vielleicht was! that was really something!;
    da war doch was there was something there;
    ich will dir mal was sagen I’ll tell you something; besonders drohend: I’ll tell you what;
    schäm dich was! you ought to be ashamed of yourself; auch so A 7, wissen
    * * *
    adj.
    whatsoever adj. pron.
    what pron.
    whatever pron.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > was

  • 15 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

    (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

    (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

    (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

    ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

    (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

    <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 16 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    proper name of an entity, name
    gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 17 froh

    Adj.
    1. (erfreut, erleichtert) glad ( über + Akk, südd., schw. auch um about); froh gelaunt oder gestimmt cheerful; frohen Mutes cheerfully; sei froh, dass du nicht dabei warst be thankful ( oder glad) you weren’t there; bin ich froh, dass das vorbei ist! auch what a relief that that’s over; er ist seines Lebens nicht mehr froh geworden (es hat nie aufgehört) he led a life of unending misery; (er hat es nie überwunden) he never got over it; Fest, Ostern etc.
    2. (erfreulich) Ereignis: happy; Kunde, Nachricht: good; die frohe Botschaft KIRCHL. the Gospel
    * * *
    glad; happy; cheery
    * * *
    [froː]
    adj
    1) (= heiter) happy; (= dankbar) glad, happy; (= erfreut) glad, pleased, happy

    fróh sein — to be pleased with sth

    (darüber) fróh sein, dass... — to be glad or pleased that...

    um etw fróh sein — to be grateful for sth

    fróh gelaunt — joyful (liter), cheerful, happy

    fróh gestimmt (geh) — happy, joyful (liter)

    fróhen Mutes or Sinnes sein (old, geh) — to be cheerful, to be of good cheer (old)

    fróhen Mutes machte sie sich an die Arbeit (old, geh)cheerfully or with a light heart she set herself to work

    seines Lebens nicht ( mehr) fróh werden — not to enjoy life any more

    da wird man seines Lebens nicht mehr fróh! — it makes your life a misery

    2) (= erfreulich) happy, joyful; Nachricht good, happy

    fróhe Ostern! — Happy Easter!

    fróhe Weihnachten! — Happy (esp Brit) or Merry Christmas!

    * * *
    1) (willing: I'd be happy to help you.) happy
    2) (lively and happy.) cheery
    4) (pleased or happy: I'm very glad that you are here; the glad smiles of the children.) glad
    * * *
    [fro:]
    1. (erfreut) happy
    \froh [über etw akk [o SÜDD, ÖSTERR, SCHWEIZ um etw akk]] sein to be pleased [with/about sth]
    \froh [darüber] sein, dass... to be pleased [or glad] that...
    \froh gelaunt [o (geh) gestimmt] cheerful, joyful liter
    2. (erfreulich) pleasing, joyful liter
    die F\frohe Botschaft the Gospel
    eine \frohe Nachricht good [or pleasing] [or liter joyful] news
    3. (glücklich) happy
    \frohe Feiertage! have a pleasant [or nice] holiday!, happy holidays esp AM
    \frohe Ostern! Happy Easter!
    \frohe Weihnachten! Merry [or Happy] Christmas!
    * * *
    1.
    1) (glücklich) happy; cheerful < person, mood>

    jemanden froh machen — make somebody happy; cheer somebody up

    2) (ugs.): (erleichtert) pleased, glad (über + Akk. about)

    du kannst froh sein, dass... — you can be thankful or glad that...

    da bin ich aber froh [, dass...] — I am glad [that...]

    3) nicht präd. (erfreulich) good < news>; happy < event>
    2.
    * * *
    froh adj
    1. (erfreut, erleichtert) glad (
    über +akk, südd, schweiz auch
    um about);
    gestimmt cheerful;
    frohen Mutes cheerfully;
    sei froh, dass du nicht dabei warst be thankful ( oder glad) you weren’t there;
    bin ich froh, dass das vorbei ist! auch what a relief that that’s over;
    er ist seines Lebens nicht mehr froh geworden (es hat nie aufgehört) he led a life of unending misery; (er hat es nie überwunden) he never got over it; Fest, Ostern etc
    2. (erfreulich) Ereignis: happy; Kunde, Nachricht: good;
    die Frohe Botschaft KIRCHE the Gospel
    * * *
    1.
    1) (glücklich) happy; cheerful <person, mood>

    jemanden froh machen — make somebody happy; cheer somebody up

    2) (ugs.): (erleichtert) pleased, glad (über + Akk. about)

    du kannst froh sein, dass... — you can be thankful or glad that...

    da bin ich aber froh [, dass...] — I am glad [that...]

    3) nicht präd. (erfreulich) good < news>; happy < event>
    2.
    * * *
    (über) ausdr.
    glad (of, about) expr. adj.
    blithe adj.
    bright adj.
    cheery adj.
    glad adj.
    happy adj.
    lucky adj. adv.
    cheerily adv.
    gladly adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > froh

  • 18 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    - a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 19 laetus

    1.
    laetus, a, um, adj. [Sanscr. root prī-, to cheer; prētis, joy, love; cf. Gr. praüs, praios; Germ. Friede, Freude; cf. also Latin gentile name, Plaetorius], joyful, cheerful, glad, gay, joyous, rejoicing, pleased, delighted, full of joy.
    I.
    Lit., constr. absol., with de, the gen., the inf., or acc. and inf.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    laeti atque erecti,

    Cic. Font. 11, 33:

    alacres laetique,

    id. Sest. 1, 1:

    vultus,

    id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    dies laetissimi,

    id. Lael. 3, 12.—In neutr. plur. as subst.:

    litterae tuae partim laeta partim tristia continent,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 9, 1.—
    (β).
    With de:

    laetus est de amica,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 45.—
    (γ).
    With gen.:

    laetus animi et ingenii,

    Vell. 2, 93, 1; Tac. A. 2, 26:

    laborum,

    Verg. A. 11, 73:

    irae,

    Sil. 17, 308.—
    (δ).
    With inf.:

    laetus uterque Spectari superis,

    Sil. 9, 453.—
    (ε).
    With acc. and inf.:

    laetus sum, fratri obtigisse quod volt,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 4, 1:

    laeta est abs te (donum) datum esse,

    id. Eun. 3, 1, 2.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Doing a thing with joy, cheerful, ready, willing:

    senatus supplementum etiam laetus decreverat,

    Sall. J. 84, 3:

    descendere regno,

    Stat. Th. 2, 396:

    fatebere laetus nec surdum esse, etc.,

    Juv. 13, 248.—
    B.
    Delighting or taking pleasure in a thing; with abl. or inf.
    (α).
    With abl.:

    et laetum equino sanguine Concanum,

    Hor. C. 3, 4, 34:

    laetus stridore catenae,

    Juv. 14, 23:

    plantaribus horti,

    id. 13, 123.—
    (β).
    With inf.:

    et ferro vivere laetum Vulgus,

    Sil. 9, 223.—
    C.
    Pleased, satisfied with any thing; delighting in; with abl.:

    classis Romana haudquaquam laeta praedā rediit,

    Liv. 27, 31:

    contentus modicis, meoque laetus,

    Mart. 4, 77, 2.—With gen.:

    laeta laborum,

    Verg. A. 11, 73:

    laetissimus viae,

    indulging to the full, Sil. 17, 308.—
    D.
    Pleasing, pleasant, grateful:

    omnia erant facta hoc biduo laetiora,

    Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1:

    laetique nuntii vulgabantur,

    Tac. A. 1, 5:

    vitium laetissimi fructus,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62, 156:

    virtus haud laeta tyranno,

    Val. Fl. 1, 30:

    militibus id nomen,

    Tac. H. 4, 68.—
    E.
    Favorable, propitious, prosperous:

    venti,

    Val. Fl. 4, 31:

    sors,

    id. 4, 540:

    bellum,

    Sil. 10, 552; Plaut. Am. prol. 2:

    saecula,

    Verg. A. 1, 605:

    exta,

    Suet. Caes. 77:

    cujus (proelii) initium ambiguum, finis laetior,

    Tac. A. 12, 40.—
    F.
    Fortunate, auspicious, lucky:

    prodigium,

    Plin. 11, 37, 77, § 197:

    augurium,

    Tac. H. 1, 62:

    laeta et congruentia exta,

    id. ib. 2, 4:

    omina,

    Petr. 122.—
    G.
    Joyous in appearance, delightful, pleasing, beautiful:

    vite quid potest esse cum fructu laetius, tum aspectu pulchrius?

    Cic. de Sen. 15, 53:

    segetes,

    Verg. G. 1, 1:

    lupae fulvo nutricis tegmine,

    id. A. 1, 275:

    ferarum exuviis,

    Ov. M. 1, 475:

    indoles,

    Quint. 2, 4, 4:

    colles frondibus laeti,

    Curt. 5, 4, 9.—
    2.
    In partic., in econom. lang., fertile, rich, of soil:

    ager,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 23:

    laeta Clitumni pascua,

    Juv. 12, 13.—Of cattle, fat:

    glande sues laeti redeunt,

    Verg. G. 2, 520.—
    3.
    Abundant, copious:

    laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis,

    Verg. G. 3, 310; 3, 494:

    lucus laetissimus umbrae,

    id. A. 1, 441.—Of style, etc., rich, copious, agreeable:

    nitidum quoddam genus est verborum et laetum,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 18, 81.—Of the author:

    (Homerus) laetus ac pressus,

    Quint. 10, 1, 46.—
    H.
    Pleasant, agreeable:

    dicendi genus tenue laetioribus numeris corrumpere,

    Quint. 9, 4, 17.—In neutr. sing., adverbially:

    laetumque rubet,

    with joy, with pleasure, Stat. Ach. 1, 323.— Hence, adv.: laetē, joyfully, gladly, cheerfully.
    1.
    Lit. (class.):

    auctorem senatus exstinctum laete atque insolenter tulit,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 3, 7:

    laete an severe dicere,

    Quint. 8, 3, 40.— Comp., Vell. 2, 45, 3:

    neque refert cujusquam Punicas Romanasve acies laetius extuleris,

    more eagerly, Tac. A. 4, 33:

    aliquid ausi laetius aut licentius,

    Quint. 2, 4, 14.— Sup.:

    laetissime gaudere,

    Gell. 3, 15, 2.—
    2.
    Transf., fruitfully, abundantly, luxuriantly:

    seges laete virens,

    Plin. 33, 5, 27, § 89.— Comp.:

    truncus laetius frondet,

    more fruitfully, more luxuriantly, Col. 5, 9, 10; cf. Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 130.—
    3.
    Lightly, not severely, without seriousness:

    si quis putet nos laetius fecisse quam orationis severitas exigat,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 5, 6.
    2.
    laetus, i, m., in late Lat., a foreign bondman who received a piece of land to cultivate, for which he paid tribute to his master, a serf, Amm. 20, 8, 13; Eum. Pan. 21, 1.—Hence,
    A.
    laeta, ōrum, n., the land so cultivated, Cod. Th. 7, 20, 10.—
    B.
    laetĭcus, a, um, adj., of or belonging to a laetus: laeticae terrae, Cod. Th. 13, 11, 9.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > laetus

  • 20 да

    1.

    Были вы там? — Да — Were you there? — Yes (, I was)

    Сегодня воскресенье? — Да — Is it Sunday today? — Yes

    Ведь вы не были там? — Да, не был (= нет, не был) — You were not there? — No, I was not

    2. (вопросительно, как выражение удивления) is that so?, really?, indeed?; fancy (that)

    Вы знаете, он женился? — Да? А я и не знал — You know he has Indeed?, I didn't know he has got married? — Has he?, или Really / Indeed?, I didn't know

    2. частица (усилительная)
    but, oh but

    да ты готов? — oh but you are ready, aren't you?

    да не может быть!, да ну? — you don't say so!; is that so?; fancy (that)!

    да ну его! — oh, bother him!

    это что-нибудь да значит — that means / signifies something; ( это неспроста) there is something behind that

    что-нибудь да осталось же — now something must surely have been left, surely something was left

    3. частица (модальная: пусть)
    передаётся через сослагательное наклонение, или глаголом: let (+ inf.)

    да здравствует...! — long live...!

    да здравствует... — long live...!

    4. союз

    шёл он один, да ещё в темноте — he was walking alone and, what is more, in the dark, или and in the dark too, или and, moreover, in the dark

    он охотно сделал бы это, да у него нет времени — he would gladly do it, but he hasn't the time

    Русско-английский словарь Смирнитского > да

См. также в других словарях:

  • More, Sir Thomas — ▪ English humanist and statesman Introduction also called  Saint Thomas More   born February 7, 1478, London, England died July 6, 1535, London; canonized May 19, 1935; feast day June 22  English humanist (humanism) and statesman, chancellor of… …   Universalium

  • Richard Crashaw —     Richard Crashaw     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Richard Crashaw     Poet, Cambridge scholar and convert; d. 1649. The date of his birth is uncertain. All that can be affirmed positively is that he was the only child of a one time famous Puritan …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Military career of Benedict Arnold, 1781 — Benedict Arnold V Benedict Arnold Copy of engraving by H.B. Hall after John Trumbull Born …   Wikipedia

  • curs´ed|ness — curs|ed «KUR sihd, kurst», adjective. 1. under a curse: »Let us fly this cursed place (Milton). SYNONYM(S): anathematized. 2. deserving a curse; evil; hateful: »In that country there is a cursed custom: for they eat more gladly man s flesh, than… …   Useful english dictionary

  • curs´ed|ly — curs|ed «KUR sihd, kurst», adjective. 1. under a curse: »Let us fly this cursed place (Milton). SYNONYM(S): anathematized. 2. deserving a curse; evil; hateful: »In that country there is a cursed custom: for they eat more gladly man s flesh, than… …   Useful english dictionary

  • curs|ed — «KUR sihd, kurst», adjective. 1. under a curse: »Let us fly this cursed place (Milton). SYNONYM(S): anathematized. 2. deserving a curse; evil; hateful: »In that country there is a cursed custom: for they eat more gladly man s flesh, than any… …   Useful english dictionary

  • Illinois State University — Official Logo of Illinois State University Motto Gladly we Learn and Teach Established 1857 Type Public …   Wikipedia

  • List of The Transformers episodes — This is a list containing the episodes of The Transformers, an animated television series depicting a war among giant robots who could transform into vehicles, other objects and animals. Written and recorded in America, the series was animated in …   Wikipedia

  • Ernest Fortin — Ernest L. Fortin, A.A. (December 17, 1923 October 22, 2002) was a professor of theology at Boston College. While engaged in graduate studies in France, he met Allan Bloom, who introduced him to the work of Leo Strauss. Father Fortin worked at the …   Wikipedia

  • Richard Milhous Nixon: Second Inaugural Address — ▪ Primary Source       Saturday, January 20, 1973       Mr. Vice President, Mr. Speaker, Mr. Chief Justice, Senator Cook, Mrs. Eisenhower, and my fellow citizens of this great and good country we share together:       When we met here four years… …   Universalium

  • First English Civil War — The First English Civil War (1642–1646) was the first of three wars known as the English Civil War (or Wars ). The English Civil War was a series of armed conflicts and political machinations which took place between Parliamentarians and… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»